diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/63098-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/63098-0.txt | 8576 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8576 deletions
diff --git a/old/63098-0.txt b/old/63098-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 16ca999..0000000 --- a/old/63098-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8576 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Horse's Friend, by O. S. Pratt - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: The Horse's Friend - The Only Practical Method of Educating the Horse and - Eradicating Vicious Habits - -Author: O. S. Pratt - -Release Date: September 1, 2020 [EBook #63098] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HORSE'S FRIEND *** - - - - -Produced by Julia Miller and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive/American Libraries.) - - - - - - - - - - -[Illustration: O. S. Pratt] - - - - - THE HORSE’S FRIEND. - - THE ONLY PRACTICAL METHOD - OF - EDUCATING THE HORSE - AND - ERADICATING VICIOUS HABITS, - FOLLOWED BY A VARIETY OF VALUABLE RECIPES, INSTRUCTIONS IN - FARRIERY, HORSESHOEING, THE LATEST RULES OF TROTTING, AND THE - RECORD OF FAST HORSES UP TO 1876. - - [Illustration] - - BY PROF. O. S. PRATT. - - TENTH THOUSAND. - - ILLUSTRATED BY OVER ONE HUNDRED AND FORTY ELEGANT ENGRAVINGS. - - BUFFALO: - PUBLISHED FOR THE AUTHOR. - 1876. - - Entered according to act of Congress, in the year 1875, by - O. S. PRATT, - In the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington, D. C. - - Entered according to the act of the Parliament of Canada, in - the year 1876, by - O. S. PRATT, - In the Office of the Minister of Agriculture. - - The Electrotyping, Printing and Binding, by - THE COURIER COMPANY, - BUFFALO, N. Y. - - The Drawing and Engraving, by the - BUREAU OF ILLUSTRATION, - BUFFALO, N. Y. - - - - -DEDICATION. - - -To His Excellency, ULYSSES S. GRANT, President of the United States; -to the members of the two houses of Congress, and to the gentlemen -connected with Foreign Legations, who have belonged to my private -classes, in connection with the thousands in all the principal cities -and towns of the United States and Canada, who have been members of my -various classes, this work on THE EDUCATION OF THE HORSE, is respectfully -dedicated. Cheered by their presence, and encouraged by their approbation -during the eight years in which the author has been engaged in -diffusing a knowledge of his system of Equine Education, their generous -appreciation continues to fill the present with treasured memories of the -past, amongst the most prized of which is that of the friendship it has -been his happiness to secure from gentlemen distinguished alike in the -walks of politics, religion, science, literature and art. - - THE AUTHOR. - - - - -LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. - - - Portrait of O. S. Pratt, Frontispiece. - - The old homestead, 16 - - My first store in Batavia, 22 - - My second and enlarged store, 26 - - Gold-headed cane, 51 - - Gold-mounted whip, 61 - - Portrait of Mrs. Pratt, 78 - - Washington gold medal, 82 - - Bridgeport Academy, 94 - - Nahant Beach residence, 100 - - Lewiston Academy, 108 - - Music box, 120 - - Silver tea-service, 130 - - New method of haltering a wild colt, 160 - - To educate to the words “Come here”, 164 - - How to lay a horse down, 168 - - How to get a horse up that throws himself, 172 - - To educate a colt not to be afraid of his heels, 176 - - To educate a colt to drive before being harnessed, 180 - - To educate a colt to move his body and head, 184 - - Improved method of bitting a colt, 188 - - Educating the colt to ride, 192 - - Instructions to ride the colt, 196 - - To halter-break a colt, 200 - - To educate a horse not to kick in the stable, 204 - - To educate a horse not to paw or kick in the stable, 208 - - To educate a horse not to get cast in the stall, 212 - - To educate a colt to lead behind a wagon, 216 - - To educate a horse bad to catch, 220 - - To educate a horse not to rear, 224 - - To educate and prevent a horse from cribbing, 226 - - To educate and break a halter-puller, 232 - - To educate a horse not to kick when line gets under his tail, 236 - - To educate a horse not to kick, 240 - - To educate a horse bad to groom, 246 - - Bits used in educating horses, 250 - - To educate horses not to fear objects when driving, 256 - - To educate a horse not to fear an umbrella, 260 - - Second lesson, 264 - - To educate a single-footed horse to trot square, 268 - - To educate a pacing horse to trot, 272 - - To educate a horse to trot, 276 - - To educate a horse not to kick while in shafts, 280 - - To educate a lazy horse and infuse life into him, 286 - - To start a balky horse, 290 - - To educate a balky horse, 294 - - To educate a horse not to kick while being shod, 298 - - To educate a horse while standing bad to shoe, 302 - - Double-hitch Bonaparte bridle, 306 - - Controlling a horse bad to shoe, 310 - - To educate a horse not to fear the cars, 314 - - To educate a horse to back at the word of command, 318 - - To educate horses or cattle not to jump fences, 322 - - To educate a cow not to kick while being milked, 326 - - To educate a cow to let her milk down, 330 - - Practical results of foregoing education, 334 - - To educate cattle to lead behind a wagon, 338 - - To educate a tender-mouthed horse, 342 - - To educate horses not to fear a buffalo robe, 345 - - Patent steel and hoof-expanding shoe, 362 - - To educate a horse to mount a pedestal, 366 - - To educate a horse to walk on his hind feet, 370 - - To educate a horse to push a vehicle, 376 - - To educate a horse to be vicious, 378 - - To educate a horse to walk on his knees, 382 - - To educate a horse to drive a boy off the pedestal, 386 - - To educate a horse to sit down, 390 - - To educate a horse to bore for oil, 394 - - A sure method of making a horse bad to catch, 398 - - To educate a horse to take a handkerchief from his side, 402 - - To educate a horse to kiss a boy, 406 - - System of educating dogs, 410 - - Another illustration of educating dogs, 414 - - Curing colic in horses, 418 - - The only practical way to give a horse medicine, 422 - - New method of telling the horse’s age, 426 and 427 - - To prevent horses from interfering or overreaching, 440 - - Paring the hoof, 451 - - Long foot before treatment, 452 - - Long foot after treatment, 453 - - Coffin-bone, 454 - - Fitting a shoe to remove pressure from the heel, 456 - - Instructions respecting the feet, 457 - - Contracted foot after treatment, 458 - - Expanding the foot after it has been pared out, 461 - - Lateral quarter-crack before treatment, 462 - - Quarter-crack under treatment, 463 - - Straight quarter-crack under treatment, 464 - - Quarter-crack after treatment, 467 - - Toe crack before treatment, 468 - - Toe crack after treatment, 473 - - Four engravings showing thrush and pumice foot, 474 - - Hoof-bound, under treatment, 475 - - Overgrowth of hoof, 479 - - Overgrowth of hoof—front view before treatment, 480 - - Overgrowth of hoof—front view after treatment, 481 - - Navicula—enlargement of metacarpal bone, 482 - - Showing how to find enlargement of metacarpal bone, 488 - - A foot that is deprived of the free use of the back tendons, 490 - - Ossified growth of upper and lower pastern joint, 491 - - The sensitive frog, 492 - - Section of the pastern and other bones, 494 - - - - -TABLE OF CONTENTS. - - - CHAPTER I. - - Introduction—Early Life—Thirst for Knowledge—First Attempts in - Business—Success—Marriage, 11 - - CHAPTER II. - - Enlarging Business—Attachment to the Horse—Visits to Batavia of - Rarey and Hamilton—My own System—Coming before the Public—Early - Success, 24 - - CHAPTER III. - - Visit to Montrose—Large Class at Scranton—Diploma—Wilkesbarre - —Enthusiastic Reception—Complimentary Notice—Testimonial, 35 - - CHAPTER IV. - - Across the Mountains—Easton—Hamburg—Lancaster—Testimonials— - Westchester—Diploma—Philadelphia—Class of 2,523—Cane, 41 - - CHAPTER V. - - York—Port Deposit—Baltimore—Success—Diploma—Getting Whipped—Class - of 3,500, 56 - - CHAPTER VI. - - Washington—A Large Class—The President a Pupil—The White - House—Halls of Congress—Diploma—Dr. Newman’s Address—Gold Medal, 67 - - CHAPTER VII. - - Annapolis—Delaware—New Jersey—New York State—The Great - Emporium—Chicago in Flames, 84 - - CHAPTER VIII. - - Bridgeport—Fall of Academy—Providence—Boston—Class of - 3,000—Lynn—Purchase of a Residence—Portland—Bangor, 95 - - CHAPTER IX. - - Lewiston—Educating the Horse “Anfield”—Testimonial—Concord— - Manchester—A Steam Engine in the Ring—Lowell—Lawrence, 104 - - CHAPTER X. - - Tour in Canada—Montreal—Class of 1,000—Victoria Bridge— - Cathedral—Quebec—Ottawa—Kingston—Detroit—Diploma—Valuable - Testimonial—Simcoe, 113 - - CHAPTER XI. - - Toronto—“British Ensign”—Diploma—Silver Tea-Set—Hamilton— - Belleville—Diploma—Picton, 124 - - HISTORY OF THE HORSE, 141 - - DIRECTIONS FOR FEEDING AND FITTING HORSES, 154 - - SYSTEM OF EDUCATING THE HORSE, 161 - - INTELLIGENCE OF ANIMALS, 345 - - TRICK HORSES, 363 - - EDUCATING DOGS, 411 - - MISCELLANEOUS, 419 - - TRAINING STEERS, 428 - - TREATISE ON HORSESHOEING, 431 - - DUNBAR SYSTEM OF HORSESHOEING, 445 - - RECIPES, 496 - - RECORD OF FAST HORSES UP TO 1876, 513 - - REVISED RULES OF TROTTING COURSE, 521 - - - - -AUTOBIOGRAPHY. - - - - -CHAPTER I. - -INTRODUCTION—EARLY LIFE—THIRST FOR KNOWLEDGE—FIRST ATTEMPTS IN -BUSINESS—SUCCESS—MARRIAGE. - - -In the social interchanges of life it is always pleasant to possess some -knowledge of the antecedent history of the ones we meet; to know who and -what they are; while to one who feels that there is something in his own -career not unworthy of notice, there is a satisfaction in recounting -the steps by which his success has been attained; especially, if in -gaining it he has been called to contend with difficulties and vanquish -obstacles which opposed his progress. Such narratives may prove helps and -encouragements, as they show what energy and perseverance have achieved, -and thus stimulate others to stronger and more successful endeavors. -This was taught by the greatest of our American poets in his well-known -lines: - - “Lives of great men all remind us - We may make our lives sublime; - And, departing, leave behind us - Foot-prints on the sands of time.” - -Although few men may lay claim to greatness in its military, political -or literary sense, there is something in every earnest life which will -interest and instruct other men, and which may prove an assistance to -some, who, with failing hearts are engaged in life’s stern battle. With -this brief explanation of his design, the author of the following pages -trusts to receive the favorable attention of his readers as he proceeds -to recount the leading incidents of a somewhat eventful career. - -I was born in the town of Darien, Genesee County, in the State of New -York, on the seventh day of December, A. D. 1835. There, amidst the -quiet and elevating influences of nature, the bright days of my infancy -and childhood were passed, until my boyhood’s days were over, and my -fifteenth year of life was reached. - -My father owned the farm on which we lived, besides being the proprietor -of several mills, and, like many other purely practical men, he had a -higher appreciation of material than of intellectual advantages. As a -consequence, he was more desirous that I should early engage in the -active business of the farm, than that I should employ hours, which might -be made profitable in work, in studies which paid no immediate profit. - -At the age of eight years I was often sent after the cows, barefooted, -and a distance of nearly a mile through the woods, coming home after -the shades of night had fallen, and being obliged to trace my way by -following the cows in the narrow path made by them. Day after day, in my -great desire to secure an education, I would beg my father to send me to -school, but always he had work for me to do, and thus my endeavors were -foiled. But such was my determination to secure an education, that I -resolved, at all hazards, to go to school, and often did I jump from my -bed-room window and run a distance of half a mile to the school-house. My -greatest ambition was to be a merchant, and I knew that I must procure -at least a limited scholastic education to enable me to succeed in my -anticipated calling. But, while I was laying my youthful plans for the -future, my father would lay plans for work, and often, on returning at -night from school, I would hide in the barn till after dark, dreading -the punishment which awaited me for having gone to school in place of -working. - -[Illustration: THE OLD HOMESTEAD, DARIEN, GENESEE CO., N. Y.] - -At the age of ten years I have taken a team, gone alone into the woods -and loaded saw-logs on a sleigh, using the horses to draw up the logs. As -my father owned a saw-mill as well as a farm, it seemed to him necessary -that every effort should be put forth to keep both branches of business -going; therefore, no time was allotted to his children for securing an -education. Many times have I approached him, timidly and with tears, -humbly requesting to be allowed to go to school, when, instead of -responding to my desire, he would send me to the saw-mill to work; and at -the age of twelve or thirteen I ran the mill alone, though, while doing -so, I have had to mount on the lever and load it with extra weight, as -I was not heavy enough to raise the water-gate. Thus I labored on from -month to month, until I was fourteen, in the meantime going but little to -school. Many times I would lay plans to run away, believing that I could -do for myself, and make my own mark in the world. - -Money, in those times and in that region, was not plentiful, and I was -early taught its value, a lesson of great practical value to a youth who -has to hew his own path through life. Many times I have traveled miles -on a special errand for a neighbor, or for some traveler, and received -as compensation a single penny. Money, so hardly acquired, was not to be -expended lightly, and I saved my little earnings till the accumulated -sum amounted to four dollars. This seemed to me like quite a fortune. I -now felt myself to be a capitalist, and, naturally, the desire to use -my riches to advantage led me to seek some profitable investment which -would increase my wealth. My earliest speculation was the purchase of a -gun; but after the first pleasure of its possession had passed, I saw -my mistake in having expended money for something that would yield me -no increase, and began to look around for an opportunity to retrieve my -error. Soon a chance occurred for me to trade the gun off for a cow. I -saw there was “money in it,” and closed the bargain, thus turning my -first mistake into a profitable investment. Having become the owner of -a cow, my ambition was awakened to increase my stock, and I kept my -attention fixed in that direction until I was the sole proprietor of -three cows. I had now entered on my fifteenth year, and having learned -one day, in conversing with my father, that his intention was soon to -sell his farm and stock, and remove to the Far West, I proposed to him -to allow me to carve my own way in the world. I felt ambitious to strike -out for myself, and “paddle my own canoe.” To this my father consented, -when, after selling my cows and receiving the money, with all my fortune -in my pockets, I bade farewell to the parental roof and its many pleasant -associations, looking for the last time upon the - - “Old family Bible that lay on the stand,” - -and taking that decisive step by which I was to become the architect of -my own fortune. - -Having an uncle who resided in the town of Byron, I turned my steps in -that direction, and for the ensuing winter found a home beneath his roof. -During that season I devoted myself to study, attending the village -school under the superintendence of Mr. Bennum, whom I greatly esteemed, -and whose many acts of kindness linger in my memory to the present hour. - -On the opening of spring my thoughts turned towards commercial life, -and I devoted my time to becoming better acquainted with various -business avocations, intending to adopt some profitable employment. -After reflecting well, I took the money I had accumulated and with it -purchased a horse, wagon, and harness. Then, through the kindness of -a dear friend, who became responsible for me, I was loaned one hundred -dollars, and with this as my working capital I commenced traveling over -the country, buying produce and shipping it to Buffalo and New York. - -I continued in this business until the year 1855, when, having arrived -at the age of twenty, I began to think of enlarging my operations. -Influenced by this desire, I directed my course to the beautiful and -flourishing town of Batavia, where I secured a store and became a dealer -in all kinds of produce, shipping it, as before, to Buffalo and New York. - -[Illustration: FIRST STORE IN BATAVIA, N. Y.] - -The cut here given is an accurate representation of my first place -of business, and speaks for itself in regard to the size and general -appearance of the place. It was, however, as it proved, insufficient for -the business which flowed in upon me and increased so greatly that soon -I found it necessary to secure larger and more commodious premises. At -the time of doing this I determined to still further extend my business -by opening a wholesale and retail grocery and provision store. Fortune -smiled on my endeavors, and all evidences encouraged the belief that I -was on the direct road to wealth. - -Having thus attained a good position in business, my mind began to make -excursions in another direction. The wisest of men has said that “Whoso -findeth a wife findeth a good thing,” and, having a natural liking for -“a good thing,” I found my thoughts led to the important subject of -marriage, until I finally determined to try the experiment of trading -in the matrimonial market. After thus deciding, it took me but a short -time to reach the important object contemplated, for, it would seem, I -was specially directed in my course. I formed the acquaintance of Miss -Northrop, an estimable and accomplished young lady, the only daughter -of the late Dr. Northrop, and soon the fair one was led to the hymeneal -altar and became the wife and partner of O. S. Pratt. - - - - -CHAPTER II. - -ENLARGING BUSINESS—ATTACHMENT TO THE HORSE—VISITS TO BATAVIA OF RAREY AND -HAMILTON—MY OWN SYSTEM—GOING BEFORE THE PUBLIC—EARLY SUCCESSES. - - -Having now made myself a home and feeling permanently settled, I desired -to still further increase my business, but finding my capital somewhat -too limited for the amount I wished to transact, I sought assistance -from an esteemed friend, Elandus Dotey, Esq., banker. The aid I sought -was given with a cheerfulness that added to its value, and enabled me to -carry into execution the plans which I had formed. The accommodations I -received frequently amounted to from ten thousand to twenty-five thousand -dollars, thus placing ample means in my hands for extended operations and -enabling me to do a large and remunerative business in which I continued -up to the year eighteen hundred and sixty-seven. - -[Illustration: BRICK STORE.] - -During these business years in Batavia my attachment for that noble -animal, the horse, gradually increased, and learning that a horse trainer -by the name of Rarey, intended visiting the town, I was one of the first -to seek for and obtain what knowledge I could from him; but finding his -system to be not at all practical, I applied myself to the investigation -of the subject, and began experimenting with a view to the discovery of a -better, simpler and more certain system. - -Some years later it was rumored that a gentleman named R. P. Hamilton, -who was self-announced as “the great renowned horse trainer,” would -give instruction on the subject. He soon made his appearance, and, with -others, I attended his lectures. Mr. Hamilton advanced some valuable -ideas which I gladly adopted and added to my former knowledge, and when -I had grasped all that was valuable in his instructions, and united it -to the results of my own experiments, I felt assured that, ere long, I -should reach the height of my ambition and develop a system of educating -the horse far in advance of anything then known, and by which my name -would be handed down to coming generations as one who, more than any -other, had befriended that noble but greatly abused animal. Often in my -retired moments my thoughts would go forward to the time when I should -be able to present my perfected system to the public, and as I looked -down the vista of time to the period when I should announce my system, my -mind pictured to itself the success I since have realized. I was fully -conscious of its value to the world, and thousands have since then freely -acknowledged the practicability and excellence of my system of educating -the horse. - -In the autumn of eighteen hundred and sixty-seven I felt myself -sufficiently master of my new and unequaled system to commit myself -unreservedly to its public advocacy: so, after selling out my stock in -trade, I made my preparations to travel for the purpose of bringing it -before the world. Previous to leaving Batavia I had purchased from a -perambulating horse dealer my favorite horse, “Tom Thumb,” then partly -trained. - -Feeling now tolerably well equipped, I came before the public with my -new and perfect system, confident that it needed only to be known to be -welcomed with pleasure by every intelligent friend of the horse. In the -month of January, eighteen hundred and sixty-eight, I made my debut at -the town of Geneva, erecting, at considerable cost, an academy for the -exhibition of my system of training. My success was immediate; friends -and well-wishers clustered about me; the hand of encouragement was -extended on every side, and in a little while my class in that place -numbered seventy-five members. The reader can scarcely conceive the -feelings of gratification that were excited in my breast by such prompt -and flattering success. It confirmed my own judgment of the superiority -of my system, and inspired a full confidence in its success. - -After leaving Geneva, I visited the pleasant town of Waterloo, where -I built another academy and formed a class of about eighty members, -whose hearty appreciation of the ideas embodied in my system of training -afforded me great pleasure. - -Leaving that place, I next proceeded to the beautiful village of Penn -Yan, where also I built an academy and met with brilliant success, my -class numbering over ninety members. - -Such gratifying success, and at so early a period, was very encouraging -to me. Both myself and my system were new to the public, and, coming -before them almost unheralded and without the prestige of great names to -give it support, its progress and the general approval it met, could be -attributed only to its own merits, which were everywhere conceded. - -The next point visited by me was the beautiful and highly picturesque -village called Watkins, so well and widely known to pleasure-seekers as -an attractive summer resort; its famous “Glen” having an almost national -reputation for romantic beauty. Here I formed an interesting class -of about sixty persons, many of whom gave unmistakable evidences of -confidence in the superiority of my rapidly spreading system for rightly -educating the horse. - -Cheered by my continued success, I pursued my journey to the city of -Ithaca, where I built an academy much larger than any I had previously -erected. Here I remained about a week, and had the pleasure of forming a -class of one hundred persons. - -Finding it somewhat inconvenient to build academies in many places, I -now purchased canvas for a movable tent, which I had constructed, and -this I carried from place to place, erecting academies only where my tent -was insufficient to accommodate the audiences. On the fourth of July I -pitched my tent at the city of Elmira, and soon had the satisfaction -of enrolling the names of one hundred and fifty persons, who eagerly -sought information, and expressed the greatest gratification with the -instruction they had received. - -After this, I continued my tour, exhibiting and lecturing in many towns -and villages during that summer and the autumn following. My success -was everywhere of the most gratifying character, and exceeded my most -sanguine expectations. - -In bringing my system to the attention of the public, I employed that -great engine of power, the Press to call attention alike to the cruelty -of most of the previous modes of training the horse, and the superiority -of my new and rational system. As an illustration of this, it may not -be out of place to give a single one of my many addresses to the public -through the medium of the press: - - PROFESSOR O. S. PRATT TO THE PUBLIC.—Probably not one person in - a thousand has any adequate idea of the wonderful intelligence - displayed by the noblest of the brute creation, the horse. - Patient, affectionate, sensitive and faithful, possessing - wonderful powers of endurance and a capacity for education far - exceeding any animal extant, a study of his characteristics - is ennobling, and commands the attention of every intelligent - person. But how often do we see him abused, through ignorance, - compelled to draw tremendous loads for hours on a stretch, - whipped, clubbed, and cursed, until patience ceasing to be a - virtue, and through sheer exhaustion, panting, trembling, and - discouraged, he stops to breathe, and men call him balky, - apply the whip again, put sand in his ears, gravel in his - mouth, twist his tail, and goad him to desperation by a system - of barbarous inflictions unworthy of even the first stages of - civilization. Trotting over slippery pavements, imperfectly - shod, twitched to the right or left as a sudden emergency seems - to demand, he stumbles and falls. No compassion is excited by - this mishap. Hastily assisted to arise, and reharnessed, crack - goes the whip. O, lash him, cut him, until the great ridges - of swollen flesh stand out upon his back to testify to man’s - superiority over the brute. Left standing for hours while the - master attends to business or pleasure, impatient to change his - position, he starts before the man is comfortably seated in the - vehicle; crack again goes the whip, until his nerves are strung - to their highest tension. - - Crazed almost beyond endurance, he leaps forward, suddenly - a bolt gives way, something strikes his heels, he becomes - frightened, and then, “O! he’s a runaway!” Confined in a - dungeon, poorly ventilated, called a stable, improperly fed, - driven fast, compelled to draw heavy loads, with very little - attention paid to his requirements, it is a wonder that he - lives even a year. The question naturally arises, Why is this? - Simply because the great masses of humanity are ignorant of - the disposition of the horse. They do not understand how to - manage or educate him. They do not think and therefore do not - care. Now any one who succeeds in ameliorating the condition - of this noble animal, is a public benefactor, deserving of - the highest praise. Prof. O. S. Pratt has made this the study - of his life. Slowly, but steadily, he has progressed in his - investigations respecting the management of the horse, until - the press, the pulpit and the public acknowledge him to be - the “Great Horse Educator of the World.” In fact he rules the - horse by a system so comprehensive, and at the same time so - simple, that a child of ordinary intelligence can understand - it. His pupils are numbered by the thousand in almost every - State, and they all endorse the system heartily. No matter how - badly the horse has been abused, no matter how disagreeable - his disposition may be, no matter if he kicks, strikes, bites, - or is a runaway, in a few minutes the most delicate lady or - timid child can manage him with ease by using Prof. Pratt’s - system. Ladies and gentlemen throughout the land! nearly every - one has had a friend or relative injured or killed by some - unmanageable horse. It is within the power of every person - to prevent a like occurrence. “Knowledge is power.” Do not - neglect the opportunity of acquiring this knowledge. We ask - it in no selfish spirit. We urge it that a recurrence of the - accidents that are every day filling our land with sorrow may - be prevented. - - - - -CHAPTER III. - -VISIT TO MONTROSE—LARGE CLASS AT -SCRANTON—DIPLOMA—WILKESBARRE—ENTHUSIASTIC RECEPTION—COMPLIMENTARY -NOTICE—TESTIMONIAL. - - -As the winter had now set in I found it necessary, on reaching the -beautiful town of Montrose, to lay aside my tent. At this place I -received so enthusiastic a reception that I was induced to erect a large -academy, of capacity sufficient to contain at least one thousand persons. -I remained at Montrose about three weeks, my efforts meeting with such -appreciation that my class numbered five hundred and two persons, amongst -whom were many who became my warm friends, and whose cordial greetings -and good wishes attended me on my departure from the town. - -My course next led me to the flourishing city of Scranton, at which place -I received a cordial reception, and formed the acquaintance of many -noble-hearted men. I at once entered on the duties of my profession, -and early found that my system was appreciated, the class which I here -gathered numbering four hundred and four members. On the last day of my -stay in Scranton my class presented me with what I may justly call a -diploma, in the following complimentary language: - - The undersigned, citizens of Scranton, Luzerne County, Pa., - take this method of assuring all whom it may concern of the - practicability, as well as the certainty, with which the most - vicious and dangerous habits so common to the horse can be - overcome by Prof. O. S. Pratt’s system of training, in evidence - of which we cite but one or two of the numerous cases which - have come under our observation as members of his class: A - kicking horse, owned by Jos. Utley, of Greenfield, and brought - twenty-two miles, was handled about twenty-five minutes, after - which he was driven from the arena with the vehicle rattling - behind his heels. This horse would bite, strike and kick. A - vicious mule, that could not be shod, and had to be brought - to him by force, being chained between two other mules, after - being handled by the Professor about forty minutes, was - perfectly subdued, and his feet could be handled with safety. - On the last day of his exhibition here, a horse ran away near - the amphitheatre, who proved to be a most ferocious kicker. The - owner was induced by a number of his class to let the Professor - handle him, and after twenty minutes’ training he was driven - out of the tent, the whole length of the street, with the cart - rattling against his heels, without manifesting the slightest - disposition to repeat his unruly conduct. - - These, and numerous other evidences, we think, are sufficient - to entitle Prof. Pratt to the encouragement and patronage of - all interested in the management of the horse. - -This testimonial was followed by the names of seventy-six prominent -members of the class, headed by the mayor of the city, Hon. E. S. M. -Hill, and embracing many of the leading citizens of Scranton. - -After leaving that thriving city, I passed over a beautiful country for a -distance of twenty-five miles, until I reached the town of Wilkesbarre, -situated in the Susquehanna Valley. Through this city flows one of the -most beautiful of all the charming rivers which adorn our land. The -pencil of the artist and the pen of the tourist have often been employed -in sketching its picturesque charms and extolling its matchless beauty. -At this important town my success surpassed any previously attained. The -exhibitions of my power over the horse, and of my simple yet certain -method of instructing and controlling him created wide-spread interest -and excitement. Ministers, doctors and lawyers, together with others of -the most respectable classes of society, thronged my academy. The press -resounded with the praises of my system, and with many who learned my -plan of educating the horse the interest rose to enthusiasm. A leading -paper of the place, referring to my consenting to prolong my visit, used -the following language: - - Prof. Pratt announces that he will remain in this place two - weeks longer, agreeably to the wishes of the very large - class which he has formed here. The Professor’s success in - this county has been of a most gratifying character, and yet - not more than has been fully deserved. In Waverly his class - numbered one hundred and twenty-nine in five days; Scranton - furnished a class of four hundred and one in thirteen days, - and Wilkesbarre, thus far, has given him three hundred and - twenty-three seekers after information in relation to the horse - and his management. The Professor is a perfect adept in the art - which he assumes to teach. - -As that article announced, in view of the popular interest, I prolonged -my stay in Wilkesbarre, and I have the pleasant recollection that over -FIVE HUNDRED persons there secured the knowledge of properly educating -the horse, and before taking my leave I was presented with a diploma -that would have cheered the heart of a statesman. The following, from -A. Ricketts, Esq., will show how even incredulity was convinced, and -strongly-rooted prejudices were overcome: - - WILKESBARRE, PA., _April 23, 1869_. - - DEAR SIR: Permit me to introduce Prof. O. S. Pratt, teacher of - doubtless the best system of horse-training yet discovered, - and to add my unqualified recommendation of the same to any of - you that may care to know how to be master of the horse. When - Prof. Pratt first came here, I, in common with others, passed - and repassed his amphitheatre daily, thinking no more of it - than that it was something pertaining to horse-jockeyship, - and therefore did not think it worth while to turn aside to - see the “free exhibition” he advertised; but one day the - representations of a friend induced me to purchase a ticket for - his instructions. I was at once so impressed with the utility - of the system that I advised all my friends to become members - of his class. The satisfaction expressed by all gave me full - reason to be glad that I had adopted this course, which, by - the way, was adopted on the principle of doing to others as - I would they should do to me. I thought I had found a good - thing, and wished others to share it. It is upon the same - principle that I write this letter, for I know of nothing so - well calculated to prevent cruelty to this excellent animal, - the horse, as the general diffusion of the knowledge of his - proper management. The simplicity and practicability of Prof. - Pratt’s system are among its chief recommendations, being such - that any ordinary man of common-sense can practice it as well - as the Professor, and without costly appliances. Our best and - leading men here became members of his class, and I have heard - but one opinion, and that of approbation. - - You will find Prof. Pratt courteous and gentlemanly, and, - should you become a member of his class, I doubt not you will - agree with me that the trifling cost of his tickets is a very - small consideration for the benefits received. - - _Very respectfully_, - - A. RICKETTS - - - - -CHAPTER IV. - -ACROSS THE MOUNTAINS—EASTON—HAMBURG—LANCASTER—TESTIMONIALS—WESTCHESTER -—DIPLOMA—PHILADELPHIA—CLASS OF 2,523—CANE. - - -It was now my purpose to pursue my journey eastward, in order to do which -it was necessary for me to cross a wild and mountainous tract of country, -fifty miles in extent; but, inspirited by my success and the good fortune -which hitherto had attended my way, I entered on the journey with a stout -and hopeful heart, attended by my men and horses. Before traveling many -miles we reached the foot of Pokeno Mountain, and as I gazed upon the -distant heights which stood out against the sky, I could see that the -elevation extended a distance of at least ten miles. Up the rough road -and along steep acclivities we pressed on until, when the summit was -reached, I found a keen appetite had been awakened by the mountain air -and exercise, and I sought for some abode of man where we might secure -rest and food for man and beast. Keeping up the search, after a few -miles, I discovered a rude old log house, quite in keeping with the wild -region through which we were passing. Approaching the door, I knocked -for admission, when it was opened by an old veteran of seventy winters, -who invited us to enter. After making known my wants, he assured me that -they should be supplied as best he could, and at once he summoned the -hostess who, though like himself, advanced in years, moved across the -rustic floor with almost youthful agility, manifesting a disposition to -relieve our hunger without delay. We partook of the repast she spread -with appetites quickened by the pure mountain air, and, when the meal was -over, after rewarding them for the hospitality they had displayed, we -resumed our journey through dreary solitudes and along the rough mountain -roads until, at length, we reached the city of Easton, in the State of -Pennsylvania. - -This beautiful little city is situated near the Delaware River, and is an -enterprising and flourishing place. The inhabitants are chiefly Germans, -or descendants from that stock. Here we pitched our tent and met with -good success, my class numbering over one hundred persons. - -From Easton we continued our journey, through valleys and over hills, -reaching Harrisburg, the capital of Pennsylvania, quite late in the -evening; the silver moon shedding her light upon us as we moved along, -made our journey pleasant and lighted our way to the city. Here again -we planted our stakes, pitched our tent and announced our intention of -giving a public exhibition and of imparting instruction to those who -desired, and once more I met with a hearty response from the public. It -was at the time of the annual State Fair, and thousands from all parts -of the commonwealth had gathered. Taking advantage of the occasion -to display the results of my system of training, I built a platform, -elevated about ten feet above the ground, led my horses up a rude stairs, -made for the occasion, and exhibited my trained animals to the gaze and -admiration of thousands of wondering spectators. Here I formed a class -of over one hundred and fifty. - -My next effort was made at Lancaster, a city of no small magnitude or -interest, as I there formed a class of nearly two hundred, the major -portion of whom were Germans, or of German descent. On the last day of my -stay in that city I received a testimonial from a leading banker of the -place, which I give below: - - LANCASTER, PA., _October 16, 1869_. - - PROF. O. S. PRATT: - - _Dear Sir_: I take pleasure in testifying to the success of - your system of controlling vicious horses as applied to my - colt. Since you handled and drove him without backing-strap, - I have driven him twice without his showing the least fear or - disposition to return to his dangerous habit of kicking. - - I believe you have perfectly taught him to work without - kicking, and that he will not forget the impression your - treatment made on him. Your system is so easily learned and - can be so quickly applied, that it is the owner’s fault if his - balky, runaway, or kicking horse, ever forgets what you, _or - any member of your class can teach him in half an hour_. - - Every one who owns or drives a horse ought to join your class. - - Yours, - - B. J. MCGRAUN, - President First National Bank. - -I next stopped at a nice country town called Westchester, the inhabitants -of which seemed alive to the great cause I had espoused, as my class -there numbered two hundred and fifty. I was happily surprised, just -before leaving, by receiving a diploma which greatly cheered, at the same -time that it stimulated, me to add more and more to my store of knowledge. - -Having now had two years’ experience in the practice of my system, my -confidence in it, and its superiority over any other known system, was -so thoroughly established that I had no fear of submitting it to any -test nor of subjecting it to any criticism. I, therefore, decided upon -visiting the great city of Philadelphia. I fortified myself as best -I could, and on the 28th of November, 1869, I made my _debut_ there. -Whatever solicitude I might have felt would have been speedily removed -by the cordial and flattering reception I received from the people of -the Quaker City. One academy being insufficient to accommodate those who -flocked to listen to my instructions, I built a second, and as the time -rolled on and my success constantly enlarged, I felt as if the summit of -my ambition had been almost attained. The limit of time I had fixed for -remaining was one month, but as the end of that period drew near I was -strongly solicited by many friends to extend my visit, to which, as the -interest was daily augmenting, I consented. Month after month passed, -during which time my class was constantly increasing until, by the close -of the fourth month, it had swelled to the number of four thousand eight -hundred and eighty-six members! At the end of that time my preparations -were made to depart, but I was not allowed to leave before receiving the -most conclusive and gratifying evidence of the high estimation which my -system had secured and of the friendship I had been so fortunate as to -win. - -The evening of the 21st of February, 1870, had arrived; a free exhibition -of the power and beauty of my system was in progress in the great tent, -when, most unexpectedly to myself, Elmer Ruan Coates, Esq., a well-known -citizen and poet of Philadelphia, entered the ring. This seeming -intrusion on the business of the evening somewhat surprised me, while, -as I turned towards him, every eye in the vast assembly was fixed on the -well-known poet who, cane in hand, advanced towards me. A brief moment -of suspense ensued, during which the question which ran through every -mind was “what does it mean?” Then, amidst the profound silence which -prevailed, Mr. Coates held up to view the magnificent, gold-headed cane -he carried and, in an eloquent address, presented the elaborately-chased -and beautiful testimonial as a memento given by my Philadelphia class. - -The gratification which I experienced in this unexpected compliment may -be conceived by my readers but can scarcely be described by my pen. - -Mr. Coates began his address by saying that - - All nations, in all ages, have delighted to honor the - meritorious. The analytic mind of Greece was promoted to - the Academy and Groves of that classic land while bright - intellects gave their homage as they gathered the gems of - thought and poesy which enriched their varied lore. - - The school-boy-quoted Roman, if a victor, passed under the - triumphal arch, bowing to popular plaudits. If a poet, he was - laureated; if philosophic, oratoric, or mechanical, he had - his meed of honor from proper sources. Even the Tartars were - grateful, and Tamerlane, the great Usbeck, was elevated in - proportion to merit. - - The American Indian who exhibits military strategy, is chosen - chief _pro merito_, and leads the painted warriors. The - highly-cultured United States never forgets the truly great. - Here the statesmen, poet, orator, lawyer, divine, artist, man - of science or mechanism, is both courted and remunerated. Our - worthy dead live in hearts, monuments, statues, statuettes, and - oil. The living, acting man of the day is recipient of both - newspaper glory and _material_ recognition. - -Taking me by the hand, he continued: - - My friend, a full consideration of gratitude has timely and - most heartily determined your large class to offer this - El-Dorado-headed cane. Sir, we recognize you as the greatest - equestrian educator in the world. Your humble servant is proud - of his recent acquisition. You have enabled the palsied old man - to ride in safety; you allow the old lady to drive minus the - fear of a broken neck; the young lady or horse-loving master - can now indulge saddle pleasures, knowing the animal thoroughly - subdued by some member of your class. - - Every vicious trait a horse can possess is thoroughly cured by - your unequaled skill. You are a practicalist, a utilitarian, an - educator in one of the most necessary and recreative branches - of polite culture. Indeed, a logical lawyer could raise a fine - issue relative to the comparative merits of your skill and that - of the statesman. Disparaging no sphere, I would say that the - live, practical, successful man in any avocation, is the person - we need and the individual we will honor. - - Your grateful class, at this date numbering two thousand - five hundred and twenty-three, are of my sentiments, and now - delegate me to tender this beautiful present—not as a _quid pro - quo_, but merely as a memento. My dear sir, I trust it will - be very long ere you require this as a physical staff, but - when that period does come, may it equally subserve the mental - and heart-man and aid in happy retrospect of Philadelphia, - Philadelphians, and your admiring class, a class that mainly - hails you as both a high-toned, social gentleman and _the_ - horse educator of the age. - -As Mr. Coates closed his address the great tent resounded with applause. -It was an hour and a scene never to be forgotten by me. But as the -applause subsided every eye turned to me for the expected response. I had -received the cane from the hands of the gentleman who had so fittingly -and eloquently presented it, but, as I bowed in acknowledgement, my -heart was too full for many words. The papers of the following day, -in describing the event, spoke of my voice as having been “somewhat -tremulous with emotion,” and it may well have been so, all I could say -was to express the surprise and gratitude I felt as follows: “What! -gentleman, can it be that, after your many kind attentions, I am to -receive a further testimonial of your regard, and another reminder of -pleasant times passed with you—times that certainly I never can forget. -Words cannot express my feelings on this occasion, therefore I sincerely -return you thanks.” - -Again the great tent rang with thunders of demonstration, and the affair, -so gratifying to all, terminated amidst feelings so warm and kind that in -one heart, at least, they were almost overpowering. The cane bears the -following inscription: “A tribute to merit. To Professor O. S. Pratt, -from his Philadelphia class, numbering 2,523.” - -The cut, which follows, will give but a partial idea of the beauty of -this testimonial, which I prize as much as being expressive of the -friendship I was so happy as to secure, as I value it as a testimony to -the superiority of my system. It will be seen that it is accompanied -by a card, signed by leading members of my class, urging me to revisit -Philadelphia and pledging their aid and influence in making such a visit -successful. - -[Illustration: A TRIBUTE OF MERIT TO O.S. PRATT FROM HIS PHILADELPHIA -CLASS 4886 - -MAYOR FOX, J.W. DREXELL, GEO. W. SIMMONDS, GEN. CADWALLADER.] - - PROF. O. S. PRATT, the Horse Educator: - - _Dear Sir_: The undersigned, members of your horse educating - school, have learned with deep regret that you are forced, by - various engagements, to leave Philadelphia in a few days. The - knowledge we have received by your lucid and simple system of - educating the horse is invaluable to us and all who have been - pupils in your class. We think that your system of educating - the horse is far superior to any known before. It prevents - cruelty to animals, and is effective in all cases if rightly - applied and persisted in. Your system is as yet far too little - known in Philadelphia. We, therefore, request you to open your - school in Philadelphia again during the fall and winter months, - and we do assure you that we will do our utmost to make your - school a successful one. - - By urging you to revisit Philadelphia, we express the wishes of - a great number of our fellow-citizens who are anxious to become - members of your class. - - J. W. DREXEL, Banker in Phil., New York and London, - ALBERT FISKE, M. D., - D. M. FOX, Mayor, - HENRY M. FOX, - LEWIS LADIMUS, - HOOPES & TOWNSEND, - M. BAIRD & CO., - POWERS & WEIGHTMAN, Chemists, - CHAS. F. GROSHOLZ, - A. L. VANSANT, - W. F. POTTS, - ADAM STEINMETZ, - JOS. E. WERNER, - JAMES DARRACH, M. D., - JAS. STELWAGON, - WM. CHAPIN, and many others. - -Other testimonials I received from individuals, a single one of which is -given below; it is from a well-known gentleman of wealth whose name is as -familiar in business as it is in social circles, W. F. Potts, Esq., and -was addressed to friends of his own: - - PHILADELPHIA, _Sept. 14, 1870_. - - MESSRS. MORLEY & WHITE, - - _Gent’n_: My coachman and myself attended Mr. Pratt’s lectures, - last winter, in this city, and I think it paid me well. I - bought a young horse this spring, as bad a kicker as I ever - saw, and by putting him through a course of _Pratting_ I am - using him every day. I do not know what some persons could do, - but I know what I have done; it is well worth all I paid. - - Yours, etc., - - WM. F. POTTS. - -I was greatly pleased with the ancient Quaker City as well as its -noble-hearted people. The neatness and quiet pervading so large and -populous a city produce a pleasing effect on the visitor from abroad. The -beautiful parks, with their grand old trees and delightful walks, which -are to be met in all quarters, form a very pleasing feature in that city. -The bright flowers, filling the air with fragrance; the leafy branches -arching over the nicely-arranged walks, with the merry songs of the birds -which sport amidst the foliage, combine to invite the tired pedestrian to -rest his weary feet, as they charm the eye, the ear and sense alike. - -To the patriot and the lover of relics of “the times that tried men’s -souls,” when amidst the battle-storm our fathers planted the fair tree -of liberty, Philadelphia offers special attractions, and hours may be -pleasantly and profitably spent in the well-known “Independence Hall.” -Here time seems almost turned back on its track as one stands amidst -the relics of those days of old. We see the very chair once occupied by -him whom we have learned to revere as “the Father of his country”—the -illustrious Washington, and the thoughts are borne backward to the time -when, seated in the chair before us, his hand held the destinies of a -nation in its grasp. Near by we see the pew in which that great man -sat and listened to that gospel whose power and principles controlled -his life. It is taken from the old Gothic church which the General -attended and is preserved amongst the relics of those revolutionary -times. Mementos are there also of the period when the Declaration of -Independence was signed and the eye rests on the autographs of the -illustrious signers. There is also the great bell which rang out the -glorious notes of freedom and on which is inscribed that grandest of -words, “Liberty.” After having became cracked, it was taken down from -its tower and placed on a table in the hall. The National motto, “E -Pluribus Unum,” is arranged in a circle at the top of the bell. But -pleasant as it is to linger amongst these reminiscences of the past, -I must leave the good old Quaker City with the single remark that my -recollections of the place and its people are all of the most pleasant -kind. - - - - -CHAPTER V. - -YORK—PORT DEPOSIT—BALTIMORE—SUCCESS—DIPLOMA—GETTING WHIPPED—CLASS OF -3,500. - - -Early in the spring of 1870, I entered the city of York. The roads were -bad, making traveling, outside of the city, difficult and unpleasant, -so that few came in from the surrounding country. Notwithstanding this, -I met with encouraging success, and during the three days of my stay -I formed a class of one hundred and thirty members. Amongst my pupils -was an old man who had numbered a hundred and five years of life. After -studying my system he declared that, during the short period of my stay, -he had received more valuable instruction relating to horse education -than in all his previous life. - -I next pitched my tent in the beautiful village, Port Deposit, and was -gratified by receiving a good “deposit” from the hands of the people, -as nearly one hundred of them joined my class. It was at this place -that I achieved a victory which spread my name far and wide. A horse, -notoriously vicious, was brought for me to educate. He was an animal -who, as I was credibly informed, had killed his former owner, eaten the -leg nearly off his son and fearfully mangled the arm of the groom. I -applied my system in all its force, knowing that he would require decided -treatment to subdue him, and, to the amazement of the spectators, in a -little while the ferocious steed became gentle as a lamb. He stood in the -presence of that gazing multitude entirely subdued. When the excitement -had somewhat subsided, some of the leading and influential citizens -were so impressed with the value of my system as to exert themselves -in getting up a testimonial which, after being numerously signed, was -presented to me, and which I have since had the pleasure of exhibiting to -thousands. The following description of the horse referred to and of the -success with which I trained him may prove interesting to the reader: - - PORT DEPOSIT, MD., _August 31, 1870_. - - We, the undersigned, residents of this place and vicinity, - were induced to enter Prof. Pratt’s class for instructions - in educating the horse. At first many of us doubted the - superiority of his system, especially from the low price he - charges for instructions, believing it impossible to learn so - much in a short space of time for so little money; suffice - it to say, we went in and all were more than satisfied. - Illustrative of which we give a brief description of the - “Biting Horse,” owned by Mr. Snyder, near this town. This horse - is a brown stallion, 15½ hands high, closely built, and an - animal of great endurance, for which he is highly valued by Mr. - Snyder, who purchased him of a farmer in New Jersey for a very - low price on account of his most pernicious habit of _biting_, - the horse having bitten out two ribs of the farmer and broken - the leg of the son. Whilst in possession of his present owner - he has bitten off the arm of his groom, who brought him into - the Professor’s pavilion. We saw and conversed with this - groom. The horse had on a strong iron muzzle, a pine stick was - inserted in the mouth, which he seized with madness; upon its - removal he gritted his teeth most fiercely. In twenty minutes - or less, Prof. Pratt had the muzzle off, his hand in the - horse’s mouth pulling out the tongue. In a few minutes after he - drove the same horse in the street without holdbacks. When he - said “whoa,” the horse stopped. When he said “go,” the horse - went. Thus proving to two hundred that his system is no fraud, - but of all others “excelsior.” - - The scholars in this place numbered in three days 87, among - whom were the following named gentlemen: - - W. E. England, pastor M. E. Church, Port Deposit, Md.; J. B. - Ramsay, cashier Cecil National Bank; Edward West; N. W. Nolan; - Eli Cosgrove, ex-sheriff Cecil County; F. M. Alexander; Wilbur - Kidd; Thomas D. Foran; Anthony S. Davis; J. Tome, president - Cecil National Bank; Wm. M. Long; Thos. E. Davis, etc. - -Baltimore, the Monumental City, noted for its beautiful parks, pleasure -grounds and monuments, was my next field of labor. After viewing the city -over and receiving introductions to many of its influential citizens -numbers of whom afterwards became warm friends, I betook myself to labor. - -As on some former occasions, I found it necessary to build two academies, -and so erected one in the old and one in the new town. At first there -seemed a backwardness on the part of the people, and a week passed -without the manifestation of much interest; but soon the indifference -gave way and from that point the interest increased daily until, before -the close of the seventy days I remained in Baltimore, I had the great -pleasure of enrolling the names of three thousand five hundred of her -citizens as members of my class. - -[Illustration: WHIP PRESENTED BY BALTIMORE CLASS.] - -My stay in Baltimore was especially marked by kindnesses from numerous -members of my large class, many of whom it would give me pleasure -to name, associated as numbers of them are with pleasant seasons of -enjoyment, but lest I should become prolix, I will content myself -with saying that most unexpectedly to me my class presented me with a -flattering address accompanied by an elegant whip mounted with gold and -inlaid with pearl—a gift both beautiful and useful. How it occurred is -described by the pen of another as follows: - - HOW PROFESSOR PRATT WAS WHIPPED BY THE BALTIMOREANS.—The - Amphitheatre of Prof. Pratt, the Horse Educator, at the corner - of Green and Pratt streets, was crowded on Thursday night, - by an appreciative audience, to witness the education of a - number of horses. Near the close of the free exhibition, an - interruption occurred by a Mr. Murdock, introducing F. P. - Stevens, Esq., a member of the Baltimore Bar, who made the - following eloquent and pithy speech, in presenting an elaborate - whip to Prof. Pratt: “On behalf of the members of your class - in this city, numbering over 3,000, I have been requested to - present to you, on parting with us, some memento of our high - regard for you personally, and of our estimation of your most - admirable system of Horse Education. That the instructions - you have imparted to us have been valuable and useful, no one - of us who own horses would hesitate to testify, not only your - instructions as to the Management, Education and Treatment of - the Horse, but in developing to us in the numerous Lectures, - the disposition and nature of the noble animal; that your - course of instruction has been popular among us, the numerical - strength of the class announces you, and I take great pleasure - in presenting you this token of friendship and good will and - hope that you may ever recur with pleasure to your visit to the - Monumental City, and as soon as your engagement will permit, we - may have the pleasure of seeing you again.” - - Gen. J. S. BERRY, - ALEC. BROWN, - R. STOCKHART MATHEWS, - ICHABOT JEAN, - MARSHALL GOLDSBOROUGH, - ENOCH PRATT, - GEO. W. ROBINSON, - HENRY TYSON, - F. L. LAWRENCE, - F. P. STEVENS, - - Committee. - - Class numbers 3,504. - -During the continuance of my classes in Baltimore, I received many -favorable notices from the press of that city. As showing the popular -feeling I may be allowed to give an article from the Baltimore _Sun_, -one of the most able and widely circulated journals of the entire South. -It appeared, as will be seen, before my class had reached its full -dimensions. - - HORSE TRAINING AT PROF. PRATT’S AMPHITHEATRE.—The exhibitions - of Professor Pratt’s skill in training refractory horses - continues to interest a large number of the people of - Baltimore. Every night his Amphitheatre on Linden avenue is - filled with an appreciative audience, including a large number - who are members of his school. During one of our recent visits - the Professor, after some remarks in reference to his systems, - introduced the little educated pony called “Dollie Dutton,” - well up in a few tricks. On her exit “Fire Fly,” mate of the - Professor’s “Tom Thumb,” made his appearance, at the crack of - a whip. “Fire Fly,” made excellent time with his heels in the - air, and by the word, walked on his hind legs. The attempt - by three persons to ride the horse the longest afforded much - amusement to the audience, as not one of the three could - remain on a minute. “Gray Eagle, Jr.,” Marshall Goldsborough’s - thorough-bred stallion, which had not received over ten - minutes’ instruction, acted in a manner which gave credit to - the Professor and his system. Prof. Pratt then exhibited a - massive gold-headed cane, richly mounted and appropriately - engraved, which was presented him on the night of February - 22d, 1869, in Philadelphia, by his class which numbered 4,886, - among whom were Mayor Fox, General George Cadwalder, J. W. - Drexel, banker, who were on the committee of presentation, and - who gave the testimonial as a token of the appreciation of his - efforts with the horse and a proof of the value of the system - to them. After a lecture explanatory of his plan of education - which lasted nearly an hour, the Professor ordered a horse to - be brought in which was afraid of a robe. In less than fifteen - minutes after he came in, he was walking over the robe, had it - thrown over his head and in his face, but the scare was gone. - His education in robes being pronounced completed, he was taken - away and a horse that would not back brought in. He however, - soon proved very tractable, backing while in and out of harness - at the words. The next _Animal_ to claim the Professor’s - attention was a large stiff-neck mule furnished by Mr. S. S. - Blair, of the Northern Central Railway. As was expected the - mule was far more difficult to handle, yet in less than three - minutes after he was subjected to proper treatment and followed - the Professor, and after the system was entirely applied he was - mounted and ridden off by an attendant, going quietly as any - one could desire. Thus closed an evening at Professor Pratt’s. - On conversing with this worthy gentleman, we learn he is from - Buffalo, N. Y. Has been giving the system to the public five - years. He probably handled more horses than any other man - living. Was in Philadelphia five months, having there a class - of 4,886. In less than three weeks’ sojourn among us he has - secured over 1,000 members to his class, and we saw such men as - M. B. Clarke, Henry Tyson, Drs. McNamus and Whitridge, George - Robinson, George Small, Gen. W. E. Ross, J. Riddlemoser, Jr., - Gen. J. S. Berry, J. Howard McHenry, R. Stockhart Mathews, all - of whom highly endorse Prof. Pratt’s system of educating the - horse. Mr. Mathews, who has seen Rarey, Rockwell, and others, - says this is far superior to all of them. - -After closing my labors in Baltimore, I took a few days of rest. My mind -was in search of new knowledge to add to and improve my system, and to -that object I devoted my time while relieved of more active duties. I -thoroughly revised my system of educating and mode of treating the horse; -after which I invited the criticisms of a number of men of intellect and -experience, to whom I submitted my views and asked them for their candid -verdict, when, to my great satisfaction, they expressed their unqualified -approbation. If anything had been needed to confirm my opinion of the -perfection of my now completed system, such an endorsement might justly -have done so; and, as the succeeding chapters will show, my triumphant -successes in the largest cities and before the most exalted personages of -the land, demonstrated the justice of that favorable verdict. - - - - -CHAPTER VI. - -WASHINGTON—A LARGE CLASS—THE PRESIDENT A PUPIL—THE WHITE HOUSE—HALLS OF -CONGRESS—DIPLOMA—DR. NEWMAN’S ADDRESS—GOLD MEDAL. - - -In the latter part of the year 1871 I determined to visit the capital -of the nation—that renowned emporium of knowledge and wisdom—the city -of Washington. Fortified by previous success, I determined on such an -effort here as should signalize my profession, and effectually silence -those who sought to stigmatize my system and lessen confidence in myself -by speaking lightly of both. Themselves pretenders to knowledge, and -ignorant of what I taught, I have found them ever ready to insinuate -that all is “humbug” which does not emanate from their would-be fruitful -brains. And now I ask a careful attention to the narrative of my -unexampled success while sojourning in this city, in connection with the -character and intelligence of the gentlemen who united in endorsing me, -and in commending my system. - -I entered Washington about the middle of February and speedily secured a -site on which to erect an academy. The place selected was on Pennsylvania -avenue, and the building I erected was of capacity sufficient to contain -three thousand persons. I announced a public exhibition, and on this, the -first day of opening, the place was filled to the utmost. At the close -of the exhibition I invited those of the audience so disposed, to unite -in forming a class. A large number responded to this call, and, as I -entered on my work, I was encouraged by finding the numbers increasing by -hundreds. This nerved me to the utmost, and at length, in sixty days, my -class had reached the gratifying number of two thousand five hundred and -five persons! - -President Grant intimated his desire to take private lessons, and -requested me to organize a class to meet in the forenoon of each day. -This I did, and I soon had the honor of imparting instruction to such a -class of distinguished men as have rarely, if ever beside, been gathered -together for a similar purpose. The President invited some special -friends to join him in acquiring the knowledge he desired, and soon I -numbered in my class men distinguished in the pursuits of arms, politics, -literature, and theology, many of whom would rank with the foremost men -of the world. Amongst them were President Grant, General Sherman, Surgeon -General Barnes, General Fremont, General Porter, General Babcock, General -Mechler, Judge Advocate General Holt (the highest position in the army), -General Eli Parker, Count Catacazy, the Russian Minister; Count Turenne, -of the French Legation; P. H. Le Poor, French Legation; H. S. Le Strange, -of the British Legation: Commodore Ammen, Commodore Pickering, Senator -McDonald, Senator Stockton, Hon. W. H. Hooper, Rev. Dr. Newman, Chaplain -to the Senate; Senator Sprague, Governor Cooke, and many others of high -rank and standing. - -As is well known, in the national capital may be found learned and -talented men from almost every nation, and as there are gathered objects -of interest to all, a brief sketch of what met my eyes may not prove out -of place. - -First of all is the renowned “White House,” the home of the honored head -of our nation, and now occupied by President Grant and his family. It has -been said that - - “Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown,” - -and a similar declaration might be made of the occupant of the -Presidential chair; few have found it to be an easy seat. The servants -of a public jealous of their rights and privileges, and exposed to the -adverse criticism of selfish and disappointed opponents, even the most -generous and well-meant movements of those filling that high position are -liable to misconception and ridicule. There may be no personal dislike, -yet the public, ever on the _qui vive_ for news of those in high life, -are seldom disposed to scrutinize a spicy story, whoever it may strike. -In this land every man who deserves them has his friends, and none, -however deserving, are without some enemies. - -The external appearance of the “White House” somewhat disappointed me; -yet it is a magnificent structure, with massive pillars in front, while -the interior does credit to the good taste of those in charge. - -The Red Room, being generally selected for the receptions held by the -President and his wife, is very handsomely furnished in velvet and -drapery, the color of which corresponds with the name of the room. -I must, however, express my preference for the Blue Room; its light -shade of satin damask, with gold, is so chaste and elegant that one -could scarcely dream of a fairy-land more beautiful; and at “morning -receptions,” from two till five P. M., the guests being received in this -room, it is rendered doubly beautiful by the elegant toilettes of our -American and foreign ladies, who crowd it with the beauty and fashion of -the metropolis. - -The large East Room, which occupies that entire end of the building, is -elegantly furnished, while the walls are hung with life-size portraits, -in oil, of Washington, Abraham Lincoln, and others who have formerly -filled the highest national office, but who now have passed away. - -It was my pleasure to pass an evening, with my wife, in the private -parlor of President Grant and family, who gave me a cordial reception. -Among those who shared in this social interview were Rev. Dr. ——, L.L. -D., from England, his wife and daughter, and our much-esteemed friends, -Rev. Dr. N—— and wife, of the Metropolitan Church, D. C. - -We were shown through some of the pleasant apartments of the Presidential -mansion, and, among others, the private dining-room. In this the -arrangements for meals are perfect and tasteful. A small bouquet of -choice flowers, selected from the conservatory, which abounds with rare -exotics, is placed at the side of every plate at dinner, and, that no -interruption may interfere with the arrangement of the table, a plate is -always provided for a casual visitor. - -On entering Washington, the first building to attract the eye of a -stranger is the Capitol, which is built on a prominent height, and forms -the most conspicuous object as one enters the city; especially is this -so when the magnificent dome is lighted; one then gazes with delight on -the beauty of its perfect architecture. - -On entering the Capitol by its massive marble portico, the visitor first -views the reception rooms, then passes to the rotunda, the walls of which -are adorned with paintings, many of which are commemorative of important -events in the early history of America, and some of a later date. -Statuary also meets the eye, and prominent amongst it is the life-size -statue of the martyred President, Abraham Lincoln, from the chisel of -Vinnie Ream. As one looks on this work, which has been so severely -criticised, he will feel the injustice done her, and be likely, with the -writer, to believe that the attacks were prompted by the fact that it was -_a lady_ who secured the contract. I enjoyed the pleasure of a visit to -the studio of the gentle sculptor, where we found the lady, surrounded by -specimens of her wonderful skill in this noble art. - -To return to the Capitol—that general resort of strangers—one must visit -the dome, and thither we go, laboring up—up—till it seems almost as -though the top would never be reached, though pleasant company served to -beguile the time as we mounted the hundred and eighty feet of ascending -steps. When, at length, we reached the top, and stood in the presence -of the paintings which completely decorate the upper portion of the -dome, all else was forgotten, and it seemed as though we had passed -into another sphere, away from all the cares of ordinary life! Books -can be obtained, explaining the historical paintings, and in the study -of these, days might be profitably employed. The brief time a visitor -can give is far too short, to satisfy the eye, which desires to still -gaze on, reluctant to depart. From the outer side of the dome a view -of unparalleled beauty is presented: Georgetown, General Lee’s old -homestead, in the distance, and the Potomac River, together with the -elegant public buildings, are among the many objects included in the -panoramic view. - -As we descend again, and come amongst the sights and sounds of daily -life, a sudden awakening to reality occurs. We now pass to the wings -on either side of the main building devoted to the use of the two -Houses composing our American Congress. On visiting the House of -Representatives, when in session, the visitor is directed to the gallery -which surrounds and looks down upon the hall; and, should he be a favored -one, he is shown to a seat in that portion of the gallery reserved for -the diplomatic corps, friends of members and distinguished visitors. -There one can sit at ease, apart from the crowds which fill the other -portions, and may listen to the speeches of representatives from every -State in the Union, as they deliberate on the laws by which the country -is to be governed; may note the voting, and sometimes hear the exciting -contest as the dignity of debate is lost in some partisan wrangle. - -The Treasury Building is a beautiful edifice, and is always the scene of -busy life, the activity extending from the topmost floor to the furnace -in the cellar, where the mutilated currency is burned. It is in this -building that the paper money of the country is prepared, after which it -is sent to the banks for circulation. It is customary for visitors to -exchange a note for one that has never been in circulation, to be kept as -a souvenir. - -The elegant Smithsonian Institute, with its numerous objects of interest, -and the Agricultural Buildings, with their beautiful grounds, offer their -attractions to the visitor, while the Patent Office, with its multitude -of models, showing the inventive genius of our countrymen, is of equal -interest. Here, while admiring the ingenuity displayed by the inventors, -we learn by the number of rejected models how many have spent perhaps the -best years of their lives only to reap disappointment at the last. - -[Illustration] - -While in Washington I was favored with several gratifying testimonials. -The first one was at the great National Carnival, where I received the -prize for the best four-in-hand turn-out, a gold-mounted whip. The second -testimonial was a life-size portrait of President Grant, which was -presented to me at one of the gatherings of the society attending the -Metropolitan Memorial Church, and was accompanied in its presentation -by the following address by Rev. J. P. Newman, D. D., the eloquent and -distinguished pastor of the church: - - LADIES AND GENTLEMEN: Mine is a pleasing task. The ladies of - this church desire me to present this elegant portrait of our - honored President to Prof. Pratt, whose public spirit and great - liberality prompted him to give the proceeds of his academy - for one week towards the purchase of a chime of bells for this - church. We much regret that sickness has detained the Professor - from being present on this occasion, but we are happy to know - that Mrs. Pratt is here.[1] The donation on his part is the - more commendable because he came here a stranger, yet such is - his appreciation of the beautiful and useful that he cheerfully - gives his large sum for an object which will be, when achieved, - the pride of the Capital. - - His mission is eminently humane, for he not only educates the - horse to obey the intelligence of his master, but also educates - the master to treat the noblest of beasts with humanity. - -[1] Her many friends will doubtless be gratified by finding, on the -opposite page, a portrait of this lady—the life-long companion of the -author. - -The address, which was received with loud applause, was, in my absence, -responded to by the Member of Congress from Batavia. - -The third testimonial I received was presented on the day of closing -my lectures, which had been so regularly attended by the citizens, -officials, and members of the foreign legations, who deemed it proper -to encourage my enterprise by presenting me with a diploma, engrossed -on parchment, over their own signatures, and which was accompanied with -a gold medal. The following is a copy of the diploma presented by the -Washington class, the original of which is now in my possession, on -parchment: - - TO PROF. O. S. PRATT: - - We, the members of your Washington class, appreciate the value - of the very necessary knowledge which you have imparted to - us during your sojourn in the national metropolis; and we - are convinced that your method of educating the horse, and - reforming his vicious habits, is the only true system. As a - mark of our estimation of the service rendered us, we beg your - acceptance of the accompanying testimonial, and our sincere - wishes for your continued success, health and happiness. - - General W. T. SHERMAN, - Gen. O. E. BABCOCK, - General BANKS, - Count DE CATACAZY, - Mayor MATTHEW G. EMORY, - W. S. SHEPHERD, - Surgeon Gen. BARNES, - Commodore AMMEN, - Gen. HORACE PORTER, - Gen. J. C. FREMONT, - Senator WM. SPRAGUE, - Commodore PICKERING, - Brevet Maj. Gen. ALLEN, - Gen. ELY S. PARKER, - Mayor EMORY, - H. A. L’ASTRANGE, of the British Legation, - Rev. Dr. NEWMAN, Chaplain to the Senate, - WM. W. BELKNAP, Secretary of War, - Gen. MEICHLER, - Governor COOKE, - P. H. LA POOR, of the French Legation. - -On the next page the reader will find a correct cut of the gold medal -which accompanied the diploma. - -On the following day the Metropolitan Church arranged an excursion to -Mount Vernon. The day was beautiful, and the company all that could be -desired. The sail down the lovely stream, with its wooded banks, was -delightful. On our arrival at the spot the laugh was hushed, for we felt -ourselves on sacred soil as we neared the tomb of Washington. After -lingering for a time by the dust of the illustrious dead, we ascended the -hill on which stands the house which was once the home of the Father of -his Country. The furniture having been removed, we saw little more than -the halls, a few relics enclosed in a case, and the marble mantel, which -has been so much coveted by strangers on account of its rare carving, -representing a farm-yard scene. This choice relic has been defaced in -several places by unscrupulous visitors, who have broken off pieces to -carry away as relics. We also visited the spot where Washington and -Lafayette met, under a tree, to reconcile their difficulties. - -[Illustration] - -During our return to the city, which we reached the evening of the same -day, speeches were made on the boat by the Mayor, ministers and bankers. -We arrived in time to take the cars on our way to Long Branch, at which -popular resort I passed most of the summer in visiting and recreation, -before again resuming the duties of my profession. - - - - -CHAPTER VII. - -ANNAPOLIS—DELAWARE—NEW JERSEY—NEW YORK STATE—THE GREAT EMPORIUM—CHICAGO -IN FLAMES. - - -After my period of relaxation, I re-entered the active duties of my -profession feeling greatly invigorated. I visited the pleasant city of -Annapolis, the capital of Maryland, where I met a cordial reception from -many whose warm appreciation of my system of educating the horse was -coupled with marks of personal friendship. Here, as in other places on -former occasions, my endeavors were crowned with a gratifying success. -It is at this place that the United States Naval Academy is situated, an -institution which sustains the same relation to the navy that West Point -bears to the army of our country. In the extent of its bounds, covering, -as it does, an area of about twenty acres, and in the completeness of its -appointments, this academy is unequaled in the United States. Here I was -introduced to General Bovey, who is a lover of that noble animal, the -horse, and is the owner of some of the finest that America can boast. He -manifested much interest in my welfare, and kindly invited me to dine -with him; after spending a long and pleasant hour in his society, I took -my leave, and when, shortly after, I left Annapolis, I bore with me a -grateful recollection of the many kindnesses I had received from the -inhabitants of that beautiful city. - -I will here claim the indulgence of the reader while I give a brief -sketch of my journey from this point to New York. It was about the -middle of May, 1871, when I started on my tour, intending to arrive -at New York in the month of October. In passing through the State of -Maryland, I found it a beautiful, level country, with a soil of great -fertility. It is well known to have been one of the slave States, and, -as a result, the population is made up largely of colored people, many -of whom I found to be very, very poor; their houses, within and without, -bespoke wretchedness and want, and many of them seemed on the verge of -starvation. Often was my heart moved to compassion as I viewed their -dilapidated clothing, many of them being almost naked, while in their -countenances want and misery were depicted. As I passed the settlements -and, prompted by pity, gave them some donations, I saw their faces -brighten as I placed the money in their tawny and wrinkled hands, while -their expressions of thankfulness more than rewarded me for the gifts -bestowed. In passing through this State I formed many classes, meeting -with even better success than I anticipated. - -Leaving Maryland, I entered the little State of Delaware, renowned for -the extent of its orchards and the excellence of its peaches, which fruit -forms the most profitable crop of the State, and is unequaled by any -grown elsewhere. The country here also is level, but in many parts so -sandy as to weary the traveler, whose animals often labor through sand to -the depth of six inches, while the scorching rays of the sun, reflected -from the sand, add much to the discomfort of a journey through this -State. - -At Dover, the capital of the State, I formed an interesting class, of -which the Governor and many distinguished citizens became members. The -buildings in Dover are mostly of wood, there being none of stone and but -few of brick. - -After leaving Dover I crossed Delaware Bay, and entered the State of -New Jersey. This, also, in its more southern portions, may be described -as a level country, but the lands there are clothed with dense forests -of pine, where human habitations are rarely met, and even the sound of -the woodman’s axe is seldom heard. These “pine barrens” are in places -destitute of traveled roads, and the one journeying through them sees -his course marked out by “blazed” trees. I wended my way along until I -reached the city of Trenton, the capital of the State, where I formed -a class. Thence I passed to the city of Rahway, then to Elizabeth, and -afterwards to the town of Long Branch, forming interesting classes -at each place. The last-named place is well known as a favorite and -much-admired watering-place, being the summer resort of thousands -who annually seek its pure sea-breezes, and regale themselves in the -pleasures it abundantly affords. I visited many other places in the -State, forming classes and receiving the congratulations of numbers who -appreciated the knowledge it was my aim to impart. - -Passing some twenty miles across a pleasant though sandy country, I -reached the village of Red Bank, at which place I took the steamboat, -and, after sailing through the magnificent Bay of New York, passed up the -Hudson River to Sing Sing, at which place I met with success, and formed -a class composed mainly of the first citizens of the town. I devoted my -first leisure to visiting the State Prison, which is situated in the -suburbs, on the bank of the Hudson, and, after being conducted through -the different departments, I was permitted to see a record of the names -of the inmates and the crimes for which they were incarcerated, and I -record it as my conviction that many there have laid a foundation for -after crime by early cruelty to the noblest of all animals save man. One -step of cruelty leads inevitably to others, and thus the disposition may -have grown that has led, finally, to the crime which deprived them of -liberty and condemned them to years of servitude in that dreary abode of -felons. - -Retracing my steps down the Hudson, I next pitched my tent at Peekskill, -which is situated on the east bank of the river, and where I met a -gratifying reception, and succeeded as at other places. - -Before leaving the place, I strolled about a mile back from the river, -and saw there the farm and summer residence of Rev. Henry Ward Beecher, -the great biblical expounder and platform orator, who has since passed -through an ordeal far from pleasing or profitable, though there are -indications that from all he will yet come out as “gold tried in the -fire,” and perhaps to shine as a star of still brighter lustre. - -My next visit was to the city of Poughkeepsie, where, at my first -public exhibition, I was greeted by the presence of a large number -of influential citizens, whose appearance there augured well for my -success. I was pleased with my brief visit to this place, as my class -soon swelled to the number of three hundred and fifty. I here formed -the acquaintance of Prof. Eastman, of Eastman College, who solicited me -to give an exhibition, on the grounds in front of his splendid mansion, -to the Sabbath-school children of the city. I consented, and gave an -exhibition which was received with delight by a multitude of youth of -both sexes. - -I now determined to direct my course down the beautiful Hudson to the -great commercial emporium of the country, the city of New York. There I -built an academy, at a cost of nearly three thousand dollars, capable -of accommodating about four thousand persons. I opened, with brilliant -prospects, about the middle of October, 1871, and as the days rolled -by I had ample evidence of the appreciation of my efforts in the daily -increase of my class, until, on the 15th of January, 1872, I had the -pleasure of numbering on my register the handsome amount of three -thousand names, representing amongst them many of the first men of the -city. - -I had intended to remain in New York until the opening of spring, but -about this time an event which spread consternation through the land -blighted my fair prospects. Along the wires of the telegraph, flashed -eastward with lightning speed, came the doleful tidings that Chicago, the -Queen City of the West, was in flames! As message after message came, -telling of the progress of the devouring element, all hearts were filled -with sympathy, till the final tidings came that for many square miles -the once beautiful city was a vast plain of smouldering ruins, and that -thousands of human beings, thus rendered homeless and penniless, were in -almost a starving condition. At once the hearts of the people of New York -were moved to compassion. Business was well-nigh suspended. The single -topic which engaged all minds was the great disaster which had befallen -a sister city, and how to devise means for relief to the destitute -and suffering. In this absorbing feeling the interest in my lectures -naturally abated; so much so, that I closed my academy and joined with -my countrymen in the active measures which were at once inaugurated for -extending relief to the needy. I attended the meetings held for that -purpose, and heartily co-operated in sending the greatly needed aid -to suffering humanity. I remained in New York till the excitement had -somewhat abated, and then decided on visiting some of the New England -States; but, before leaving the Great Emporium, I received a diploma -attesting the high value placed on my instructions by those who had -received them. - - - - -CHAPTER VIII. - -BRIDGEPORT—FALL OF ACADEMY—PROVIDENCE—BOSTON—CLASS OF 3,000—LYNN—PURCHASE -OF A RESIDENCE—PORTLAND—BANGOR. - - -[Illustration: BRIDGEPORT ACADEMY.] - -On entering New England, my first stop was at the beautiful town -of Bridgeport, somewhat celebrated as the home of the renowned -sensationalist, P. T. Barnum, who has, during quite an eventful career, -acquired and lost many fortunes. As the winter had not yet passed, I here -erected an academy, which became the scene of an incident which will -forever remain fixed on my memory. The people of Bridgeport turned out -nobly, filling my academy to its utmost capacity, when, hearing a noise, -I looked in the direction whence it proceeded, and, to my horror, saw the -seats falling, with their occupants, precipitating them to the ground! Of -course all for a time was confusion and affright, but, strange to say, -not one of the immense crowd was injured by the accident. - -After the excitement had somewhat subsided, I proceeded to form a class, -which numbered about three hundred, who seemed delighted with the -knowledge they acquired under my instructions. - -When my labors had ended I took an opportunity to view the town, and -was greatly interested in visiting some of its principal manufactories. -Amongst these one of special note is the immense establishment for the -manufacture of the Howe Sewing Machines, said to be one of the largest in -the world. - -I subsequently visited Providence, the capital of Rhode Island, where I -found it necessary to build another academy, which I erected very near -the public thoroughfare of the city. At this place my most sanguine -expectations were realized, as I met with signal success; nearly one -thousand persons became members of my class, and the financial results -were greatly beneficial to me, as at this time my expenses were great. -My troupe consisted of some eight men and twelve horses, the expenses -of which were large, besides the cost of extensively advertising, that -I might give wider publicity to a system which had gained general favor -wherever it was known. - -The far-famed city of Boston was my next resting-place. Here, as at other -places, I found it necessary to exhibit in an academy, and, having fitted -it up, I entered on my work with renewed hope and energy, believing, from -the usefulness and practicability of my system of educating the horse, -that a failure was impossible. Nor was I disappointed; the shrewd minds -of the Bay State saw the value of the knowledge I imparted, and, cheered -on by growing favor, I put forth every effort, and was rewarded by the -most gratifying success, as my class reached the large number of three -thousand persons. - -With the close of my labors in Boston the winter had passed away, and -I decided on a trip reaching northward as far as Portland, in Maine, -making short stops at the several towns between Boston and that place, -first stopping at a beautiful town called Lynn, where I purchased a nice -family residence, a good representation of which is given in the cut. - -In this charming town and its vicinity there is much to attract -and please the visitor. Among the favorite resorts is a delightful -watering-place known as Nahant Beach, to which, during the summer, -thousands come to enjoy the invigorating breezes of the ocean. Here the -invalid seeks the coveted boon of health, while the healthy come to -reinvigorate their systems. Mrs. Pratt and myself christened the place -the “green spot of earth,” as often, attended by our servants, we drove -in our carriage around the beach, for the time forgetting the toils of -the past, and almost fancying ourselves in the land of Paradise. - -[Illustration: NAHANT BEACH RESIDENCE.] - -I may be allowed, at this point, to give a letter addressed to me by a -well-known gentleman, a citizen of that pleasant town. - - LYNN, _July 12, 1872_. - - PROF. O. S. PRATT. - - _Dear Sir_: I regret your departure from our city. I have - received a great benefit by joining your school. Your system - of educating horses is far ahead of any now in use. I belong - to Rockwell’s class. In nothing has there been greater - improvement. Its advantage is its simplicity. In no exhibition - during your short stay have I failed to find some new point. - There is no deception, no trickery, no unfairness. What you say - I’ve found you willing to back up with your money; your goods - are no humbug. Why will people be so skeptical. People ask me - every day, “Can you do it?” My answer is, “Yes.” Why sir, I - would not take five hundred dollars for what I’ve learned of - your system. - - If people would be more willing to join your class and get - the system, we should have less accidents by that noblest of - animals, the horse. When you were educating Lannan’s horse - the other evening, a skeptic stood by my side. I said, “Pratt - will drive that horse to-morrow.” Says he, “I’ll bet a hundred - dollars he won’t.” He put his hand in his pocket, attempting to - draw his wallet. I caught his hand, saying to him, “If you’ve - friends enough here to raise $5,000, it shall be covered, that - he will drive him to-night.” I am not a betting man, though. - The gentleman went into his boots. You have not a pupil, I know - of, but is willing to back you, as far as able, in anything you - say you will do with any horse. - - God speed you in the right. - - Yours truly, - - CHARLES D. TILTON. - -After the pleasure season had passed, I again betook myself to my -profession, and, once more upon the road, I stopped at several towns, -giving public exhibitions and forming classes, until I reached Portland, -which place I entered about the first of August, 1872. Here we set our -stakes and spread our canvas, giving, as usual, public exhibitions, and -organizing a class of about two hundred persons. Many vicious horses were -here brought to me, that on them the merits of my system might be tested, -all of which I handled to the satisfaction, and, I may safely say, the -admiration of the class who witnessed their education. - -Next, placing my troupe and animals on a steamer, I passed by sea to the -city of Bangor, the most populous in the State of Maine. Here I made -arrangements with the officers of the Agricultural Society, by which -I secured the Fair Grounds, where I erected a spacious pavilion, and -at once commenced operations. It was soon evident that I had secured -the favor of the people, as I was largely patronized. While there I -made arrangements with Dr. Tewksbury to handle his imported stallion, -“Anfield,” who was notorious for his vicious propensities, extending -even to the shedding of human blood, he having fought many battles, and -always had come off victorious. Although my fame had spread far and wide, -and I had educated many vicious horses, yet, had I not possessed implicit -confidence in the virtues of my system, I would have declined; but, -prompted and encouraged by my previous successes, I decided to handle -him on my arrival at Lewiston, Maine, which would be about the first of -September. - -While at Bangor I received a letter from the President of the Society for -the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals, as follows: - - BANGOR, Me., _September 28, 1872_. - - PROF. O. S. PRATT. - - _My Dear Sir_: I am happy to acknowledge your superior system - of Horse Education, which deserves the commendation of all who - desire the improvement of that beautiful and useful animal. - Your system does not inflict torture or cruelty, but subdues - and teaches him, and in my opinion it is only to be seen and - learned to be universally adopted. - - I take much pleasure in recommending it to the notice of all - who have the care and management of horses. - - Very respectfully, - - J. D. WARREN, - Pres. Soc. for P. of C. to Animals. - - - - -CHAPTER IX. - -LEWISTON—EDUCATING THE HORSE “ANFIELD”—TESTIMONIAL—CONCORD—MANCHESTER—A -STEAM ENGINE IN THE RING—LOWELL—LAWRENCE. - - -Continuing my tour, I exhibited at many places in the State until I -reached the city of Augusta, where I remained two days, and met with -marked success. Anxious to reach Lewiston by the time I had fixed, I -passed rapidly, through many towns and villages, only remaining a day in -each place, and arrived at Lewiston on the eighth of September. It was -here, as the reader will remember, that I was to handle the notorious -“Anfield.” - -After building an academy, and giving a public exhibition, I announced -my intention of controlling that vicious animal. The citizens turned -out _en masse_, but, as the horse was led into the ring, the whole -audience seemed terror-stricken, wondering, no doubt, whether or not -I would share the fate that others had; but speedily their terror -gave place to admiration, as they saw the powerful animal succumb to -the resistless energy and efficacy of my system, for, within one short -hour, the lion-like brute became meek and quiet as a lamb, greatly -to the astonishment of the multitude, who gazed with wonder on the -transformation. I give below the testimonial subsequently presented to -me, in which this feat is described: - - We, the undersigned citizens of Lewiston and vicinity, hereby - certify that we are members of Prof. O. S. Pratt’s school - for instruction in the proper education of the horse; that - from a careful and thorough examination of his method, as - succinctly demonstrated by him in his admirable lectures and - apt illustrations, we unqualifiedly pronounce Professor Pratt’s - system as most practical, and far superior to any ever before - known. - - His power over the most vicious and ferocious horses is at once - wonderful and instructive, as verified by his handling of the - stallion “Anfield,” in Lewiston, on Thursday evening, October - 17, 1872, before an audience of 1,000 persons. - - “Anfield” is an eleven-year-old dark bay stallion, and standing - sixteen or seventeen hands high, and is owned by Dr. S. H. - Tewksbury, of Portland, Me. He is reported to have killed - one man, and was a bad biter, striker, and somewhat given to - kicking. He had never been harnessed. - - He was led into the academy on the above night, secured by iron - rods and with a heavy muzzle over his mouth. He manifested an - ugliness truly characteristic. - - Prof. Pratt, applying the rules of his system, at once so - comprehensive and yet so simple, within twenty minutes had - contemptuously thrown away the iron rods, muzzle, etc., and - exhibited to his audience one of the most tractable of horses, - who would follow him when commanded, stopping at the word - “whoa,” and, being harnessed, was driven around the ring in a - vehicle continually hitting his heels. - - Prof. Pratt’s Lewiston class numbers, at the present time, - three hundred and sixty members. - - [Illustration: LEWISTON ACADEMY.] - - We most cheerfully commend the system of Prof. Pratt to the - public generally, assuring them that, in our opinion, it is the - inauguration of a new and happier era for that noblest of the - brute creation—_the horse_. - - LEWISTON, Me., _October 2, 1872_. - - D. B. STROUT, - J. P. NORTON, - H. C. BRADFORD, - P. M. THURLOW, - ELI EDGECOMB, - N. C. HARRIS, - H. H. RICHARDSON, - W. M. CHAMBERLIN, - GEO. S. FOLLENSBER, - T. H. LANGLEY, - H. L. JOHNSON, - B. H. SCRIBNER, - J. L. PEABODY, - S. D. THOMAS, - R. S. BRADBURY, - J. C. PENDEPTER, - GEORGE WEHLE, - S. B. COOK, - A. B. WATSON, - JOHN PICKARD, - H. V. BROWN, M. D., - J. B. STRAW, - DANIEL WOOD, - S. O. PURINTON, - C. T. CHAPPELL, - RUFUS CARR, - W. H. GARCELEN, - A. O. EDGECOMB, - W. W. WOOD, - ISAAC HARKELL, 2D, - WM. H. HORR, - J. A. WHITMAN, - F. C. HAYES, - GEO. L. MELLEN, - RUFUS C. WILLIAMS, - N. M. FARWELL, - A. H. PEASLEY, - J. M. ROOK. - -Passing through a beautiful country, and forming a number of classes on -the way, we at length reached Concord, the capital of New Hampshire. -I there obtained the large building used by the mechanics for the -exhibition of their manufactured articles on the days of the regular -Fair. This I fitted up and used for my lectures. The news of my success -at other places had preceded me, and I found the citizens ready to -respond to my invitation to form themselves into a class. This class was -a large and profitable one, adding much to my financial resources in -the business. The city of Manchester was the next place I visited. Its -magnificent water-power and busy manufactories, amongst them some of -the largest producers of carpets and cloth in the United States, make -it a place of great importance. It was here that I achieved a victory -never before known to the public—that of educating the horse not to fear -either the steam engine or the cars. Having had placed at my service the -steam engine manufactured by Amos Keig, I had it brought into the ring. -In a short time the engineer got up steam, and set it in motion. Horses -by the half-dozen were brought in to be educated, and, as my success was -shown in removing all fear of that terrifying object, language almost -fails to describe the enthusiasm excited, and the eulogies pronounced on -my system. As this was the first opportunity that had presented itself -for me to show the power and beauty of that portion of my system, I was -greatly cheered and gratified with the success attending my efforts, -especially as the papers of the city heralded my success in no uncertain -tones, and proclaimed the almost incalculable benefit which would accrue -to society from the adoption of my system. - -Traveling southward about fifteen miles, I reached the city of Lowell, -where I built an academy, and had the pleasure of enrolling in my class a -large number of the influential citizens of that place, who were as much -delighted with my system as I was with my successful efforts. - -The next place of interest to be named is the city of Lawrence, renowned -for its mills and manufactures. Here may be seen a building nearly a mile -in length, erected along the bank of the famous water-power, and used -exclusively for manufacturing purposes. At this city, also, I built an -academy, remaining a few days, and meeting warm-hearted friends, who gave -me a large class. - -By this time I had fully equipped myself with all appliances needed -to confront and convince the most skeptical, so that no person could -successfully assail my almost perfect system of equine education, which, -by the force of its own merits, had thus far won its way, and was daily -gaining new favor in the eyes of the public. - -My next effort was made about the first of March, 1873, in the city of -Worcester, where, from the commencement, the interest daily increased -during the whole period of my stay, and abundant success crowned my -endeavors. - -Some leading citizens of Springfield now wrote to me, requesting that -I should visit their town, to which I consented, and, on reaching -the place, I found a wide-spread eagerness to secure the knowledge I -possessed. I built an academy, and was much gratified by securing an -appreciative class. - -Leaving the old State of Massachusetts, I directed my course to Hartford, -in the State of Connecticut, where, as in former places, I found it -necessary to build an academy, which, on the first day of my exhibition, -I had the pleasure of seeing filled to its utmost capacity, and, when I -turned my attention to forming a class, my endeavors met with a hearty -response. - - - - -CHAPTER X. - -TOUR IN CANADA—MONTREAL—CLASS OF 1,000—VICTORIA -BRIDGE—CATHEDRAL—QUEBEC—OTTAWA—KINGSTON—DETROIT—DIPLOMA—VALUABLE -TESTIMONIAL—SIMCOE. - - -Hitherto my labors had been confined to my own country. I had traveled -many hundreds of miles, visiting its great cities, its smaller towns and -thriving villages, and everywhere, even from the highest in the land, I -had met a cordial reception. But now I formed the purpose of crossing the -St. Lawrence River, which divides, on the north, the American from the -British possessions, and of making a tour through a large portion of the -Dominion of Canada. Believing that I had more stock and other property -than I would require, I sold by auction many articles, and, placing my -remaining stock and appendages on several cars, I forwarded them to their -destination. Reaching St. Albans, I was solicited to remain there a few -days, which I did, and had no cause to regret my decision, for the -people gave me a liberal patronage. - -Continuing my journey from St. Albans, I arrived at the important -commercial city, Montreal, about the first of May, where I met a cordial -reception. At once I commenced the erection of an academy of capacity -sufficient to hold at least two thousand persons. Soon the tidings of -the great successes I had achieved in my profession spread far and wide -through that populous and wealthy city, and, as a result, during the few -days I remained, I had the pleasure of enrolling nearly one thousand -names. - -In this ancient city there are many beautiful and interesting objects -which attract the attention of a visitor. A few of the most prominent -are all that I can mention. Of these the great Victoria Bridge is one. -A massive structure of iron, tightly closed at the sides and nicely -roofed, it spans the St. Lawrence River just at the outskirts of the -city. Windows, at certain intervals, admit the light and air. Carriages -and pedestrians are excluded, the railroad company having the sole right -to use the bridge. The French Catholic Cathedral is to many an object -of great attractiveness, and thousands ascend its circuitous flights of -stairs to the top of the tower, from which the eye may take in the entire -city, with its many public parks and pleasure grounds far exceeding in -number those usual to a commercial city. The mountain, about three miles -distant from the heart of the city, is a favorite resort. A beautiful and -almost level road runs round it, along which, at almost every hour of the -day, carriages may be seen coursing. Many other pleasing sights might be -named, but I close my reminiscences of the beautiful city by the remark -that nowhere, in all my travels, have I seen more elegant and costly -private dwellings than are those which grace Montreal. - -Through the solicitation of friends, I was induced to visit Quebec, the -ancient capital and late seat of the Canadian government. - -As it is approached, the forest of masts which meets the eye, peering up -in every direction, might suggest reminiscences of some cedar swamp, -with its multitude of tapering trees, but, upon closer inspection, the -eye is delighted with the magnitude and beauty of the shipping which -crowds the port. Some of the finest vessels that plow the ocean are -here to be found. On entering on my work, I met with no difficulty in -interesting the minds of the citizens in my subject. They turned out -nobly to my public exhibitions, and rewarded my exertions by giving me a -large and interesting class. - -Leaving Quebec about the middle of May, I ascended the St. Lawrence as -far as the beautiful town of Brockville, exhibiting at many towns on my -way. Here I determined to forward my horses and stock by rail to the -city of Ottawa, the capital of the Dominion and the seat of government, -where annually the assembled wisdom of the country meet to legislate -for the great Canadian Dominion; nor need one cross the ocean to the -mother country, nor even visit the adjoining republic, to meet with -both orators and statesmen, many of whom grace the Canadian Parliament, -the halls of which often ring with eloquence, as, in the discharge of -their responsible duties, the statesmen of the Dominion discuss the -great topics of the day. Although my stay in Ottawa was brief, I had the -satisfaction of forming there a class of three hundred persons. - -Passing westward, I held public exhibitions and formed classes in many -places, until I reached Kingston, rightly named the Old Limestone City. -Here I spent a few days very pleasantly, and had the pleasure of forming -a satisfactory class. The strong bulwarks and splendid fortifications of -this city give it a military air, and afford ample protection from an -invading force. - -At this point I embarked on one of the Mail Line of steamers, with my -stock and equipments, and passed up Lake Ontario to Burlington Bay, and -thence to the city of Hamilton. As I had been frequently solicited to -visit Detroit, and having determined on spending the ensuing winter in -Hamilton and Toronto, I did not at this time attempt to form a class, but -took the most direct route to Detroit city, exhibiting at a number of -places on my way. - -Detroit is situated on the river bearing its name, which divides the -American and Canadian possessions. Its commerce is quite large, and, to -one standing on the banks of the river, a pleasing and animated picture -is presented. The rapid stream, in places running with a current of from -five to eight miles an hour, is difficult of navigation for sailing -vessels, and one sees the sailing craft, loaded with grain and lumber, -towed by large and powerful steam-tugs, built expressly for that purpose, -while the smiling banks on the Canadian side, crowned by the buildings of -Windsor, mirror themselves in the farther waters. - -It was in December, 1873, that I reached Detroit, remaining there a -few weeks, and during that time forming a class of over twelve hundred -members. Before taking my leave of that pleasant and enterprising city, -I received from my class a diploma, which I prize more highly than gold, -while, to increase my delight, I was, most unexpectedly to myself, made -the recipient of an elegant cabinet music-box, the value of which could -not be less than five hundred dollars. The following is the diploma, as -signed and presented to me, followed by a cut of the elegant testimonial: - -[Illustration: MUSIC BOX FROM DETROIT CLASS.] - - Having attended Prof. O. S. Pratt’s lectures to his class, - and also having seen the practical application of his system - as given by him every afternoon and evening at his academy, - and believing it to be far the best ever seen in this State, - so clear and practical that the merest novice can understand - and use it, and yet so comprehensive that the most skillful - horseman can be instructed by it, we deem it of the utmost - importance that all persons owning, using, or at all interested - in horses, should avail themselves of Prof. Pratt’s knowledge - on that subject. He educates the man to educate the horse, the - only practical method to be of permanent benefit. - - JARED PATCHIN, - G. W. BISSELL, - Dr. J. B. DE GUISE, - D. BETHUNE DUFFIELD, - NEWELL AVERY, - R. HOSIE, - A. M. STEELE, - GEORGE JEROME, - E. FURGUSON, - GEO. W. VANDYKE, - W. A. MITCHELL, - H. A. NEWLAND, - ALLEN SHELDEN, - A. SINCLAIR, - GEO. E. AVERY, - SYLVESTER LARNED, - Dr. DAVENPORT, - Dr. J. F. NOYES, - Mayor MOFFAT, - R. C. HODGES, - JOHN C. WILLIAMS, - R. SINCLAIR, - JEROME E. CROUL, - Dr. COBB, - R. C. REMICK, - JAMES A. REMICK, - HENRY KIBBEE, - JOHN V. MEHLING, - B. H. THOMPSON, - Dr. G. W. FOSTER, - M. F. MERRICK, - M. S. SMITH, - Dr. H. SMITH, - GEO. DOOLITTLE, - A. W. MITCHELL, - ELIJAH SMITH. - -Passing from Detroit, I again set foot on Canadian soil, exhibiting at a -town named Sarnia, situated on the Detroit River, and after that at many -other places until I reached the pleasant little town of Simcoe. There I -received a cordial welcome from many lovers of the horse, and found no -difficulty in forming a class of one hundred and ninety, who not only -appreciated my system, but embraced an early opportunity of presenting me -with a diploma testifying that appreciation. It was read in my hearing on -its being presented, and the reader may well believe that I was greatly -gratified and cheered by the sentiments therein expressed. - - SIMCOE, _February 24, 1874_. - - Having attended Prof. O. S. Pratt’s lectures to his class and - also having seen the practical application of his system, as - given by him every afternoon and evening at his academy, and - believing it to be far the best ever seen in Canada, so clear - and practical that the merest novice can understand and use - it, and yet so comprehensive that the most skillful horseman - can be instructed by it, we deem it of utmost importance that - all persons owning, using, or at all interested in horses, - avail themselves of Prof. Pratt’s knowledge on that subject. - He educates the man to educate the horse, the only practical - method to be of permanent benefit. - - GEORGE BATTERSBY, - ASA A. PURSELL, - B. W. SHAW, - B. F. CHADWICK, - OMER CULVER, - G. F. COUNTER, - M. C. BROWN, - P. P. NEWELL, - JOHN MATTHEWS, - ASA J. COOK, - E. E. COLLINS, - SAMUEL BARNES, - W. H. ADAMS, - J. J. HARRIS, - JOHN W. LEE, - D. B. PALMERTON, - WILLIAM MILLS, - THOMAS MARSHALL, - JAMES LANGTRY, - JOHN MILLS, - JOHN A. CULVER, - FRANK L. CULVER, - JEREMIAH POTTS, - JAMES BARBER, - G. R. ROBINSON, - JOSEPH BROOK, - JOHN BEAUPRE, JR., - S. G. EMES, - HIRAM BOWLBY, - J. B. CARPENTER, - A. R. NELLES, - JAMES SCHUYLER, - HENRY BENNETT, - C. ALLEN, - A. W. SMITH, - ALBERT MARLATT, - GEORGE LOWRIE, - ALEX. BEAUPRE, - ROBERT LITTLE, - CHRIS. COLEMAN, - W. T. KENDALL, - THOMAS HAMBLY, - B. RICHARDSON, V. S., - JAMES NICHOLSON. - - Part of Simcoe class numbering 227 in ten days. - - - - -CHAPTER XI. - -TORONTO—“BRITISH ENSIGN”—DIPLOMA—SILVER TEA -SET—HAMILTON—BELLEVILLE—DIPLOMA—PICTON. - - -Winter was now drawing nigh, and, as I was desirous to reach Toronto, the -Queen City of the Province of Ontario, as soon as possible, I made but a -short stay at Brantford and other towns on my way. Arriving at Toronto -about the last of November, 1874, I secured possession of the Riding -Academy, and fitted it up at considerable cost, after which I gave public -exhibitions, which awakened an increasing interest. I remained there -sixty days, my class becoming larger daily, until, at the close of my -labors, my register showed the names of nearly thirteen hundred members, -many of whom were amongst the most influential citizens of the place. -During my stay I handled some two hundred horses, each of whom had been -addicted to some bad habit. - -[Illustration: TORONTO ACADEMY—PRESENTATION OF TEA SERVICE AND -ILLUMINATED ADDRESS.] - -Many members of my class were desirous that I should exhibit the power -of my system to educate horses not to fear the steam engine, and, that I -might meet their wishes, I procured a steam fire engine, which I caused -to be placed in my academy. During my stay there I educated some hundred -horses to the perfect satisfaction of their owners, and the evident -gratification of my class. Amongst others, I may name as a signal triumph -of my system the case of the stallion “British Ensign,” owned at Richmond -Hill, who, from his vicious habits of long standing, was thought to be -incurable, and, as a last resort, I was solicited to handle him. This -was at the close of my labors there, and, the day being announced, the -members of my class gathered in force to witness my last effort in their -city. The horse was led into the ring by two men by means of iron rods -securely fastened on each side of his mouth. From the account given of -this animal, one would almost expect that a man could tame a lion of the -desert as easily as him; but, strange as it may seem, within ten minutes -he followed me around the ring as meekly as a lamb, and within forty-five -minutes I was able to drive him before a vehicle, without reins or -side-straps, greatly to the surprise of the throngs who had assembled to -witness the spectacle. - -The power and efficacy of my system was so completely demonstrated -that the leading journals of the city made favorable mention of my -unparalleled success, while my class signalized their sense of the value -of my system for properly educating the horse by presenting me with an -illuminated address, the elegant execution of which reflects credit on -the artist, while the courtly language and graceful sentiments are worthy -of the distinguished gentlemen whose names it bears. Not satisfied with -this, they accompanied the address with a costly tea-service of silver, -the intrinsic value of which was at least three hundred dollars. Long -will the recollections of my Toronto class cluster about my memory, -and fill my mind with pleasing emotions. The following is the diploma -presented by the Toronto class, the original of which can be seen in my -possession, on parchment: - - TORONTO, _January, 1875_. - - _Dear Sir_: The undersigned, on behalf of the members of - your numerous class in this city, desire to testify their - appreciation of the valuable instructions you have imparted to - them. The unwearying assiduity with which you have endeavored - to make those instructions comprehensive and entertaining, and - their high estimation of your admirable system of educating - and managing the horse. The knowledge imparted to us during - the many lectures and exhibitions of your unexampled method of - treating that noble animal may be of incalculable benefit to - many of us. We do not hesitate to say that numbers of accidents - occur daily (many fatally) through an insufficient knowledge - of managing the animal you have made so perfectly subject to - your will, and we advise every one whose business or profession - require frequent, if not constant, use of the horse to embrace - an early opportunity of acquiring a knowledge of your system. - Farmers, whom business occasionally calls into our cities, and - the immediate neighborhood of our railways, we especially urge - the necessity of learning your simple and effective method - of control, a method easily understood by the instructive - faculties of the horse as by the reasoning faculties of men. - - We trust that your sojourn in the Queen City of the West has - been both pleasant and remunerative, so far at least that will - at no distant day induce your return. - - In conclusion, we beg your acceptance of the accompanying - Tea-Service. Hoping that it may recall favorably to your - recollection those who constituted your class in Toronto and - who unanimously wish you every success in your laudable and - humane profession. - - Signed, on behalf of the class, numbering 1,254 members. - - A. MACNABB, - JOS. GRAND, SR., - R. BOND, - B. COOPER, - C. W. JOHNSON, - R. PAUL, V. S., - A. GOURAM, - GEO. GOURAM, - R. HAY, SR., - R. HAY, JR., - W. H. SMITH, - J. HAY, - HON. GEO. BROWN, - T. C. PATTERSON, Mail, - A. MCCALLER, M. P. P., - W. BROWN, Shoe Manf., - HON. FRANK SMITH, - ANDREW SMITH, V. S., - G. W. TORRANO, Merchant, - GEO. SMITH, M. P. P., - W. A. MURRAY, Merchant, - F. T. WORTS, - JAMES G. WORTS, - AUSTIN SMITH, - And 1,230 others. - -Before closing my notice of Toronto, I would refer with grateful words to -the kind, and even laudatory, notices which my system and myself received -from the ably conducted press of that city, and, I might add, of the -whole Province, as the following extracts will evince. - -[Illustration: TEA SERVICE FROM TORONTO CLASS.] - -The Toronto _Mail_ thus speaks: - - HORSE EDUCATION.—To-day we place before our readers - illustrations of several of the numerous articles, with the - text of the numerous addresses, presented to Prof. Pratt, the - horse educator. By close observation, an accurate knowledge - of the construction of the horse and its habits, and above - all by a recognition of those sound common-sense principles - advanced by the best teachers of the human kind. Mr. Pratt has - been enabled to build up a system which for its thoroughness - and adaptability is unexcelled in the present day. That this - is not an unwarranted assertion is proved incontestably by - the testimony of the leading horsemen of the United States - and Canada, though Mr. Pratt has been but a short time in the - Dominion. Wherever he has established classes, a just tribute - has been paid to his great services both to man and beast. In - Baltimore 3,590 pupils surrounded him, and he left with the - thanks of the citizens, and was presented with a magnificently - mounted whip. Detroit rallied 1,200 members, who gave the - Professor a musical box to sweetly play the song of their - appreciation. The Washington class of 2,500 members, presented - a gold medal, and that of Philadelphia, of 4,886 members, a - gold-headed cane. Toronto has not been behindhand, for, as - already announced, the class here made a presentation of a - beautiful tea-service and illuminated address. The Toronto - class now numbers 1,254 members. - -The Toronto _Globe_, in brief but well considered words, declares: - - Prof. Pratt’s lectures on the treatment of animals are - invaluable to farmers and all owners of horses and cattle. We - only wish every farmer and farmer’s boy in Canada could attend - one lecture. - -The _Canada Farmer_, the leading agricultural paper of the Province, in -describing a visit to my exhibitions and lectures, remarks: - - We have seldom passed an evening so pleasantly, or with so much - real profit, and our advice to every farmer and farmer’s son - in the country is, to take a course of lessons if possible, - but at all events to attend one of Professor Pratt’s public - exhibitions. We feel perfectly satisfied that a couple of hours - spent in witnessing one of these performances will impart a - better idea of the nature and management of the horse than is - possible to obtain by any course of reading on the subject, and - in this respect alone one such entertainment is worth fifty - times the amount charged for a life-membership. - -I next visited the city of Hamilton, where I was welcomed by many warm -friends, who took an active interest in my welfare and seemed delighted -with my system, which, at this time, had gained great favor with the -Canadian people. Here I formed a large and profitable class, and secured -the friendship of many, from whom I have since met a cordial reception. - -Leaving Hamilton, I directed my course to the town of Whitby, where I -formed a class of one hundred and twenty-five; next visiting Oshawa, -where my class reached the number of one hundred and forty; then to -Bowmanville, where a class of a hundred rewarded my efforts; from there -to Port Hope, where one hundred and fifty joined the class I opened; -thence to Belleville, where I enrolled about one hundred names. After -having left the latter place for about a week, I was followed by a -messenger, dispatched to me by my class, who bore a diploma highly -eulogizing my system. It was as follows: - - BELLEVILLE, _May 11, 1875_. - - PROF. O. S. PRATT. - - _Dear Sir_: We, the undersigned, express our satisfaction of - the tuition we have received from you in the education of the - horse and most cheerfully recommend your art to all who own, - have or use horses, as being the best known and exhibited. - - The manner in which you handled all the vicious horses brought - to you here, completely subduing them in a very short time, - gave us the greatest satisfaction. - - Your liberality and gentlemanly deportment have secured - numerous friends. - - Trusting you will meet with the same success in other places - that attended you here, and hoping you may be long spared to - propagate your noble system of horse training, we are, etc. - - (Signed), - - H. B. HUNT, Brewer. - G. H. RAMOY, C. E. - C. RAMOY, Coal Merchant. - DR. TRACEY, M. D. - S. M. HICKS, Miller. - E. F. POTS, Wholesale Liquor Merchant. - J. C. L. WARE, P. O. Clerk. - JOHN LAKE, Livery. - T. C. WALBRIDGE, Ex-M. P. - WELLINGTON BOULTER, Insp. Life Ins. Co. - GEO. A. SIMPSON, Coal Merchant. - STEPHEN GARRETT, Bailiff. - HAWLEY & MORDEN, Hawley House. - G. W. ALLEN, P.O. Clerk. - HENRY MCNINCH, Blacksmith. - And ninety others. - -From Belleville I went to the town of Picton, where I found many admirers -of that noble animal, the horse. Though the place is not large, the -people flocked to my exhibitions, and gave me a class of one hundred and -forty members, while, after I had left their town, and was engaged at the -village of Wellington, twelve miles distant, a deputation from Picton -waited on me, and presented me with the following diploma, which will -speak for itself: - - PICTON, _May 17, 1875_. - - PROF. O. S. PRATT: - - We, the members of your class, formed in the town of Picton, - are unwilling to allow you to take your leave without warmly - expressing the great satisfaction that has been ours since your - arrival among us. Your plain, lucid and highly interesting - lectures, combined with your gentlemanly deportment, has been - such as to leave a lasting and beneficial impression on our - memories. Your manner of handling vicious and untutored horses - has been highly gratifying to us, and the rapid progress made - by you clearly proves the superiority of your system. Your - book, so replete with instructions, illustrating what we have - seen practically demonstrated, will, we believe, greatly - benefit us in the practice of your system in future years. - - Believe us, dear sir, to bespeak for you unequaled success in - your future efforts. - - Yours, etc., etc., - - G. STRIKER, M. P. P., - E. LOUKS, Rector of Picton. - A. M. KERR, Bank Agent. - FRED. WHITE, Teller. - BIDWELL WAY, Ed. “New Nation.” - J. H. ALLEN, Mayor, - J. F. INGSOLL, M. D., - COLIN GEARING, Merchant. - R. A. NORMAN, - G. E. VANDUSEN, - RICHARD LAKE, Hotel Keeper. - M. CLARK, Merchant, - And one hundred and twenty others. - -After forming classes in several places in the old loyal county of Prince -Edward, and meeting with good success, I crossed the beautiful waters of -the Bay of Quintie, arriving at the town of Napanee about the first of -June, 1875. There I formed a class of one hundred. Pursuing my journey, -I traveled north and west, exhibiting at many places, until I reached -the town of Peterborough, where I remained a short time, and formed a -class of one hundred members. Departing thence, I visited many towns and -villages, forming classes in each, on my way to Lindsay, at which place -I enrolled the names of seventy-eight members. - -From Lindsay I went to Fenelon Falls, quite a newly-erected town, yet I -found many there to whom my visit was a pleasure, as I soon obtained a -class of some sixty members. - -Passing on westward, I continued to meet with success, forming classes -in some few small villages until, on the 9th of September, I entered the -beautiful town of Barrie. There I found warm friends, and many lovers of -the horse, who met me cordially, and gave me a class of one hundred and -thirty-five members. - -I next shaped my course northward, to the old town of Penetanguishine, on -the eastern shore of Georgian Bay. The larger portion of the inhabitants -are French Canadians, many of whom are unable to speak our language. -I was informed by some of the old inhabitants that the town was first -settled a century ago; but, notwithstanding this, their progress has been -slow, as at present the population is but about one thousand. My class -in this place numbered about seventy persons, who seemed highly pleased -with my system of educating the horse. - -At Penetanguishine I took passage on the steamer Waubuno for Collingwood. -The boat is commanded by Captain Peter Campbell, a courteous gentleman, -who possesses the power of so adapting himself to his passengers as to -make a trip with him pleasant in both the enjoyment and the retrospect, -while the romantic scenery which meets the eye of the voyager who ascends -the bay is so beautiful that, were it not for the severity of the winters -there, one might easily be tempted to select his home amongst the -beauties of nature which adorn the shores of Georgian Bay. - -On arriving at Collingwood, I gave an exhibition that created a strong -interest among the citizens, and resulted in my forming a good class, who -manifested both satisfaction and delight with the instructions I imparted. - -After exhibiting at small towns on the way, I arrived at the truly -beautiful and lately-incorporated town of Meaford, on the fifth day of -October. A drenching rain was falling, which seemed to indicate that my -prospects of success would be blighted by the inauspicious storm; but, -as the day swept on towards noon, the parting clouds allowed the golden -sunbeams to flow through, and, by two o’clock, the whole aspect of the -scene was changed. I gave a public exhibition, and formed a class of -nearly one hundred members. - -From Meaford I traveled over bad roads until I reached Owen Sound. Here -I did not find as many lovers of the horse as I anticipated, yet I was -pleased before the close of my labors by meeting a good degree of success. - -Georgian Bay, near the southern bend of which is Owen Sound, is a -beautiful sheet of water, broadening out as it leaves Lake Huron, with -which it is connected, and forming what seems like a land-locked lake -in itself. Large steamers leave this port for Lake Superior, and many -tourists deem this route one of the most pleasing of all on the upper -lakes. Ere long, it is asserted, a communication will be opened from -this point to Winnipeg and the far-off Province of Manitoba. - -Having thus brought my narrative down to the present time, I would add -a few words to the reader who may have kindly followed me through the -scenes I have recorded. In what I have written one object has been to -show the strong and unqualified endorsement my system of equine education -has everywhere received from the men best qualified to judge of its -merits, while, at the same time, the narrative is a fitting, and I hope -not an uninteresting, introduction to the system itself, which, with -other matter relating to the general subject, will be fully and clearly -taught in the following portions of the book. - -And now, with a hearty appreciation of the unvarying kindness he has -received from his patrons in all portions of the land, the author begs -leave to respectfully dedicate this work to those whose aid, appreciation -and friendship have so often cheered him in his efforts. - - - - -HISTORY OF THE HORSE - - -From the earliest ages this noble animal has been the friend and -companion of man. Prized for his beauty, loved for his docility, and -valued for his strength, he has ever been regarded as the highest in -value and importance of all domesticated animals. In the remotest ages, -as far back as authentic history discloses anything of the life and -pursuits of man, we find that the horse occupied a prominent position in -his service. Painters have pictured on their canvas the majesty and grace -of the spirited animal. Poets have celebrated his strength and beauty in -their verses, and even inspired writers have introduced amongst their -most glowing descriptions the horsemen and chariots which formed a chief -feature in the pomp and magnificence of those early days. - -In the most ancient hieroglyphs we find him present, and always so -represented as to show that, even in the remote antiquity from which they -date, he had been brought into complete and serviceable subjection. In -the oldest Egyptian paintings the horse is seen only in the war chariot, -and in the descriptions of the siege of Troy only the charioteer appears, -from which it has been supposed that the first horses used by the Greeks -were too small to be conveniently ridden. But in the lately-discovered -paintings in the palace of Nimrod, at Nineveh, disinterred by Layard, and -supposed to be more than three thousand years old, horsemen are exhibited -both in the chase and war. - -But further back than even those distant times, in the ages where -authentic history merges into the shadowy light, amidst which myth and -fable mingle with the real, we find this noble animal figuring, but then -exalted into a semi-human sphere. The Centaurs, who inhabited the passes -of Mts. Pelion and Ossa, and the great plains of Thessaly, in Upper -Greece, were probably a race resembling in many respects the Tartars of -this age, and are supposed to have been the first who brought the horse -into subjection to man. They were fabled as being half horse and half -man. They are represented as perfect horses in all respects below and -behind the withers and the chest; there, at the insertion of the neck, -began a human body, the hip-joints articulating into the shoulders of -the lower animal, and the abdomen of the man passing gradually into the -chest of the horse. Above this the human form was perfect, with the erect -bearing, chest, shoulders, arms, neck and head of a complete man. They -were reputed to be possessed of extraordinary mental as well as physical -powers, and to be as superior to ordinary men in wisdom and art as they -were in fleetness and strength. They were evidently a tribe of horsemen -whom the ignorance and superstition of that early period elevated into -a superior race, in the supposition that the horse and man were united -in one. Everything points to them as being the first who succeeded in -breaking and using the horse. - -Coming down to the times of authentic history, we find the Parthians -to have been amongst the most renowned for their skill in training and -using the horse. Their feats of horsemanship in battle showed a complete -mastery of the animal, which, in their battles with the Romans, rendered -them so efficient as mounted archers. - -Frequently, in ancient paintings, the mounted steed is represented -without a bridle, and the Numidian cavalry are said to have guided and -restrained their horses without it; an assertion by no means improbable, -as a Comanche Indian of the present day will frequently jump on the back -of a wild and untrained horse, and guide him by the simple expedient of -covering with his hand the eye of the animal on the side opposite to that -in which he wishes to direct it. - -In modern times the horse has been so closely associated with man that -he appears in every phase of society, and it is only when his numerous -uses are considered that we realize how greatly the human family is his -debtor. The knight of the days of chivalry would have been impossible -but for the trusty steed which bore him so gallantly in the lists at -the tourney, and amidst the deadlier strife of the battle. Before the -plow and at the harrow he has multiplied the productions of the earth -a hundred-fold beyond what human strength alone could have secured. -Laboring before the loaded wagon, he has been a steady drudge for man. -Harnessed to the elegant equipage or to the humbler “cab,” or bearing -along the dusty highway the stage-coach of the traveler, he has performed -a thousand offices indispensable to human comfort and advancement. It is -not too much to claim for him that civilization itself would have been -shorn of something of its present fair proportions but for the valuable -services rendered by this noble animal. - -Yet, with all his acknowledged value, the horse has been too frequently -the victim of neglect and cruelty; often ill-fed, poorly sheltered, -and harshly treated, till, in many cases, the innate nobleness of his -nature has been obscured by vicious habits, contracted through the -mismanagement or abuse to which he has been subjected, and perpetuated -by ignorance and prejudice. Naturally, the horse is usually gentle and -confiding; he is quick to perceive, and possesses an excellent memory, -which qualities render him capable of being educated easily, and to an -extent far greater than is generally supposed. Added to this, he is -capable of deep and lasting attachment. - -What the horse may have been in his natural state is not known, as none -at present exist in that condition. The horses which at the present day -are found in a wild state in Northern Asia and America, are known to be -the descendants of individuals formerly domesticated. On the prairies -of the West, the pampas of South America, and the plains of Tartary, -they live in troops, roaming at large, without fixed place of abode, -seeking the richest pasturages by day, and resting at night in dry and -sheltered situations; these large troops, which have lived independently -for many generations, entirely exempt from the influence of man, probably -afford a tolerably correct idea of what the primeval animal was. They -are generally smaller, yet stronger, than the domesticated animal, with -rougher coats, stronger limbs, and larger heads. Even when adult, the -wild horse is readily domesticated, and may be broken to any use without -great difficulty, thus proving the natural gentleness and docility of -his nature. They are captured by the lasso, bitted, mounted, and broken -within an hour by the daring and skillful Gauchos. - -The Arabians, long renowned for their attachment to the horse, early -showed the extent to which intelligent training could develop his finer -qualities, and render him the most docile and obedient of animals. -Something in that country or its climate is especially suited to the -development of the horse, and, although introduced there long after his -domestication in other eastern countries, he rapidly attained a degree -of excellence which surpassed all others, until the horses of Arabia and -the adjacent portions of Asia and Africa became the most celebrated for -speed, courage, spirit, intelligence and docility of any of the equine -race. Small in size, he has a beautiful, lean, bony head, with a very -broad forehead, a tapering muzzle, and large, well-opened nostrils; his -mane is very long, thin and silky. It is from the Arabian horse, crossed -with the Barb, that the best stock of England and America has sprung. -Although much of the superiority of these horses is attributable to -peculiarly favorable conditions of the country where they originated, -yet many of their excellent qualities may be traced to kindness and -intelligent training by which those qualities were first developed, -and through which they have been transmitted until they have become -characteristics of the race. - -The Arabian understands the value of his horse, appreciates the nobility -of his nature, and treats him accordingly. They kiss and caress them; -they adorn them with jewels, and amulets formed out of sentences of the -Koran, as a preservative against evil and accidents. “In short,” says -a modern author, “they treat them almost like rational beings, which -are ready to sacrifice their lives for their master’s benefit.” In the -desert he is the familiar comrade, tentmate and playmate of his master, -as docile and intelligent as a dog. Rev. V. Monro relates an anecdote -of an Arab, “the net value of whose dress and accoutrements might be -calculated at something under seventeen pence half-penny,” who refused -all offers made to purchase a beautiful mare on which he rode, declaring -that he loved the animal better than his own life. The French author, Dr. -St. Pierre, quotes a remarkable instance of the attachment an Arabian -feels for his horse: “The whole stock of a poor Arabian of the desert -consisted of a most beautiful mare. The French Consul at Said offered -to purchase her, with an intention of sending her to his master, Louis -XIV. The Arab, pressed by want, hesitated for a long time, but at length -consented, on condition of receiving a very considerable sum, which he -named. The Consul, not daring, without instructions, to give so high a -price, wrote to Versailles for permission to close the bargain on the -terms stipulated. Louis XIV gave orders to pay the money. The Consul -immediately sent notice to the Arab, who soon after made his appearance -mounted on his magnificent courser, and the gold he had demanded was -paid down to him. The Arab, covered with a miserable rag, dismounts and -looks at the money; then, turning his eyes to the mare, he thus accosts -her: ‘To whom am I going to yield thee up? To Europeans, who will tie -thee close, who will beat thee, who will render thee miserable. Return -with me, my beauty, my darling, my jewel, and rejoice the hearts of my -children!’ As he pronounced these words, he sprung upon her back and -scampered off towards the desert.” - -It is not surprising that such a high appreciation of and fondness for -this noble animal, united to an intelligent training, has resulted in -the production of a race of horses unrivaled in excellence. But among -Europeans and Americans the treatment of the horse has been usually so -harsh, and the mode of training so deficient in intelligence, as to -greatly lessen his value, even where a brutal ignorance has not brought -into activity every vice latent in his nature. Of the numerous faults -ascribed to the horse a very small portion are chargeable to his natural -disposition, the remainder being the direct result of vicious training, -or rather of the absence of training, and the substitution of something -which, under that name, first produces and then fosters the faults for -which the animal is punished; while often the punishment is ineffectual, -because the animal has no conception of why it is made to suffer. - -Education is as essential to the horse as it is to man, and in each -case it must proceed on the same general principles. Man, if uneducated -and untrained would degenerate into barbarism, and the horse, unless -brought under subjection to an intelligent will, will remain wild and -ungovernable. In each case education is the process by which the higher -and better qualities are developed and the lower and evil are restrained. -The first grand lesson to be learned by each is that of subjection -to authority; the child is taught that by his parent; the horse must -learn it from his trainer. But, after that, knowledge is required, and -this must be imparted by methods adapted to the nature that is to be -cultivated. The object of the practical portion of this book is to show -in what that knowledge consists and how it may be communicated to the -horse, and so impressed upon his memory that it will never be forgotten. -The author has the fullest confidence that the methods of breaking and -training the horse, herein taught, will, if early applied, prevent his -acquiring any of the faults which, under former systems, have proved so -numerous; while the treatment recommended for correcting bad habits, -already formed, will prove effectual in even the most stubborn cases, -and with the most intractable dispositions. The reader will not be -asked to accept any unproved theory, but will be instructed in a system -which, although subjected to the severest tests, has never failed to -accomplish the desired results. And that it never will fail, the author -feels assured, it being firmly based on reason and experience. That it -may require patience and self-control on the part of the instructor -the author does not deny; but so does the instruction of a child, the -breaking of a dog to the gun, or even the training of a vine to its -trellis; but the satisfactory results which are certain to be attained -will furnish an ample reward. - - - - -DIRECTIONS FOR FEEDING AND FITTING A HORSE. - - -1. TO RAISE A TROTTER SO THAT HE WILL LAST A LONG TIME.—A horse that is -going to display great excellence as a trotter will not attain his speed -at four years, nor at five, but will reach his highest excellence when -the well-bred horse of seven years has been long gone from the turf. -_Nothing in nature, soon matured, lasts long._ - -In fitting a running horse, the case is different, as his constitution is -not the same; the colts of blooded horses are inclined to mature earlier -than any others, and, being of leaner and wiry build, they can stand more -feed at an early period than a lower-bred horse. - -There are good reasons, which I fully endorse, for not feeding growing -colts much grain. If the colt is weaned, I would recommend from one to -two quarts per day, varying the quantity according to his size, as one -with a large, loose frame will require more than a close-built colt, -which keeps in good order and fills out as he grows up. Good pasturage, -however, is the main requisite. Give no corn to colts while they are -young. Late in the fall give your colt all the hay he can eat, and be -careful to have his oats clean and of good quality. When his first winter -comes, let the colt have a good place to run, and be well-housed at -night. Never turn such colts out with old horses, calves and heifers; -should you do so, you may expect a shivering, scrawny colt, scarcely able -to put one leg before the other; while, by avoiding this error, your colt -will be as gay and frisky as when standing by its mother. - -When weaning, a warm bran-mash, now and then, with a few oats mixed -in, will be beneficial; it will do the whole system good, and improve -digestion. Give colts and horses all the water they can drink, but do not -give it often. Never give a colt physic unless it is sick; to prevent -sickness, diet when symptoms of indisposition appear. - -Yearling colts should have three quarts of oats per day; their other food -must be abundant and good. When two years old in the spring, give four -quarts of oats per day; when three years old give six quarts, and when -four years old give eight quarts daily. - -2. TO MOUTH AND BIT A COLT.—The bitting must not be continued long at -a time, from five to twenty minutes is sufficient, great care must be -observed not to overdo the colt as short lessons, often repeated, make a -better impression and are more lasting. When the colt becomes fatigued -his temper will begin to rise, and I am satisfied that two-thirds of -horses viciously inclined are made so by improper handling when young. In -handling a two-year-old trotter the utmost care, as well as gentleness -and firmness, must be exercised. It was not customary, in former times, -to handle colts until they were four years old, but later experience -has shown the advantages of beginning at an earlier age. A colt can be -taught at two years old, and be made to trot at three if the handling -is properly done. But a danger to be especially guarded against is the -impatience of the owner who, when he finds that the young colt can trot -a little, always desires to see him do it more or a little faster. If he -pushes the colt in such a way he will soon have one that will do nothing. -The only proper and safe way is to proceed gradually, but continually; -the colt should be kept at it gently, so as to retain all he learns, -which he will do if he is not forced off his feet. - -Then break him to ride; mount and dismount, but do not straddle him till -he gets accustomed to your getting off and on; then ride him for a few -moments, but not so long that he will get leg-weary. I recommend less -walking for trotters than was formerly employed. - -3. TO EDUCATE HIM FOR THE ROAD.—In doing this the skeleton is preferable, -to keep the weight off his back. Take your horse to some track; if there -is none, then upon the road; do not speed him along at the same rate; -but in short “spurts,” when he will extend himself without injury. If he -seems tired, let him up a little. You must watch for such indications, -as this is a critical time in the education of your horse. This jogging -should not exceed from two to four miles a day, with “spurts” of not -over a quarter of a mile. You should carefully ascertain whether or not -he improves, as at this age his improvement should be constant. Perhaps, -at this time, you may see him break his gait, showing that he has had -too much work for his age and has become sore. Then suspend your driving -and when he gets well apply my trotting rig as shown in the engraving. -The colt then, finding something on his mouth and legs to keep him -steady, will alter his way of going. Though he is to be taught to go -without being pulled hard, it should still be remembered that the colt or -horse will often want to get his head down and feel the bit. The driver -should then support him, with as little pull as possible, yet enough to -accomplish that purpose; the horse with good mouth will always feel the -driver’s hand. - - - - -SYSTEM OF EDUCATING THE HORSE. - - -_NEW METHOD OF HALTERING A VICIOUS OR WILD COLT._ - -[Illustration: NEW METHOD OF HALTERING A VICIOUS OR WILD COLT.] - -Having directed my attention for many years to compiling a system of -educating the horse, and traveling over twenty-five States of the Union, -together with nearly all the cities and towns in the Provinces of -Ontario and Quebec, during the past eight years, it is highly probable -that few, if any, men are better prepared to impart instruction or to -give direction with regard to the management of the horse than myself. -Therefore, without being egotistic, or overrating my ability, I can but -say that, if the reader will adopt the various ideas found in my work -relating to the colt alone, he will have gained knowledge sufficient to -more than repay him for the amount paid for the book. - -I deem it advisable to give special directions to those who raise colts, -not only as to their manner of treatment and education, but, knowing -full well the difficulty sometimes attending the first haltering of wild -colts, I have prepared the foregoing plate as illustrative of my method, -and now proceed to give directions which, if strictly followed, will -insure success. - -Take a pole about ten feet long; drive a nail near the end, then drive -another about fifteen inches from it; now take a rope halter, and hang -the part that goes on the top of the head on these nails; then enlarge -the nose-piece, by means of the slip-noose, sufficiently to allow it to -slip on easily, observing to hold the halter stale in your hands with the -pole; approach your colt with great care, and allow him to smell of the -halter, and, in a few minutes, he will yield to your advances, and allow -you to place the halter on him without much difficulty. Make the shank or -stale of the halter about three times the ordinary length, for, as soon -as he finds himself caught, he will use his best exertions to get away -from you. - - -_TO EDUCATE THE HORSE TO THE WORDS “COME HERE.”_ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE THE HORSE TO THE WORDS “COME HERE.”] - -Place a Camanche bridle on the horse, made as follows: take a small cord -about sixteen feet long, tie the end around the neck firmly, so that it -cannot slip; then double your cord, placing it under the neck, from, -the shoulder to the mouth; step back at the side of your horse, and say -“Come here;” at the same time give him a sharp jerk, and he will swing -around to you; when he comes, caress him with your hand on the shoulder; -now repeat the same on opposite side, remembering to caress each time; -do this four or five times, and you will find that your horse will obey -and fully understand the words “come here.” Always speak the words with a -distinct and commanding tone of voice. - -I desire that the reader may understand that obedience in the horse is -accomplished by pain; so, when you inflict pain, accompanied by a word, -the horse is made to understand that the words mean pain; and, rather -than suffer pain, he cheerfully obeys the word. - -Persons have practiced the foregoing idea and succeeded in accomplishing -their purpose and have, no doubt, been highly gratified that their -horse was so intelligent, yielding a quiet obedience to their efforts -in a very short time; now had the owner known that a foundation for a -complete education was properly laid, how easily could he have built a -superstructure thereon that would have been permanent and beneficial -during the life of the animal. Men are often conceited and think that -because they have experienced no difficulty in the past in breaking and -handling their horses, therefore all will be sunshine in the future. I -would advise a careful perusal of my work, and, by so doing, those of the -character above described will have their conceit supplanted as they gain -the knowledge of a practical system of properly educating the horse. - - -_HOW TO LAY A HORSE DOWN._ - -[Illustration: HOW TO LAY A HORSE DOWN.] - -Place a rope or rein around the horse’s body, forming a surcingle; pass -the other end under the tail and bring it back, tying it to the part -around the body, thus forming a surcingle and crooper; also put a ring, -say an inch in diameter, in the surcingle on the back; then strap up the -nigh fore-leg as follows: take a quarter-strap, pass it two or three -times around below the fetlock, then through the keeper; bring the leg -up and buckle close to the belly; place around the neck a quarter-inch -strong rope, loosely, fixing the knot so it will not slip; bring the -end down the near side of the head, through the mouth, and back on the -off-side through the ring in the surcingle; now take a position on the -nigh-side of the horse, commencing to pull gently, allowing him to -struggle a short time, after which he will lie down quite easily, without -sustaining any injury. - -By adhering strictly to the instructions given, every person will -readily see, that the object in laying the horse down is to give him -to understand that you are master; and, after repeating this two or -three times, he will be perfectly satisfied of the fact. While down, -place a small pole between his legs, moving it about; if he shows fear -or resists, give him a sharp pull on the cord in his mouth by way of -correction. In other words, punish him for doing wrong, and caress him -for doing right, thus making him understand the difference between right -and wrong. - - -_HOW TO GET A HORSE UP THAT THROWS HIMSELF._ - -[Illustration: HOW TO GET A HORSE UP THAT THROWS HIMSELF.] - -Animals are often sulky, and quickly acquire the habit of lying down. -Balky horses, when urged to go, will lie down and refuse to get up, and -an ox will sometimes lie down in the furrow when before the plough. When -the habit is thoroughly settled, it becomes very annoying to the owner or -driver, who often resorts to severe means, but fails to accomplish the -end desired; therefore, to prevent violence and ill-treatment, I give the -easy and simple remedy subjoined, which, when adopted, will be found to -be practical and _never-failing_: - -Raise the animal’s head up, as illustrated in the foregoing plate, and -pour into his nostril a small quantity of water, not to exceed a pint, -from a pitcher or cup, and you will be amused by the pleasing result: the -animal will rise to his feet as quickly as it is possible for him to do -so; he believes himself to be drowning, and will extricate himself with -all speed. - -Simple as is this expedient, it is yet unfailing in its efficacy; and -that which most commends it to the acceptance of kind-hearted men is the -absence of all cruelty in its application. No pain is caused, but the -unusual sensation, together with the necessity for air on the part of the -horse, banishes his former feeling of sulkiness or anger and the yields -to the almost irresistible impulse to spring to his feet and free his -nostrils of the water. - -If any one who has never applied this remedy should doubt its power, he -only needs to try the experiment in a mild way on himself, when he will -realize its power upon the horse. - -I believe it would be impossible to devise another method so free from -pain, so harmless to the horse, and yet so thoroughly efficacious as is -the one we have here given. - - -_TO EDUCATE A COLT NOT TO BE AFRAID OF HIS HEELS._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A COLT NOT TO BE AFRAID OF HIS HEELS.] - -Too much importance cannot be attached to the manner of educating a -horse’s heels, as it is in that point his greatest means of defense and -resistance lies, and most men make the mistake of breaking one end of the -horse, while they allow his hind parts to go uneducated. The instructions -I am about to give will, if properly followed, insure success. - -After laying your colt down, commence to handle his hind parts and heels, -being careful to hold the cord firmly in your left hand, so that, if he -attempts to get up, you can control him; then strike him gently with a -stick, and, if he should show fear, which he naturally will, punish him -in the mouth; then place the stick between his legs and commence moving -it around, and, if he makes no resistance, remember to caress him; almost -as much is accomplished by caressing as by punishing. - -The above instruction is equally applicable to a kicking horse, but -in his education he will require more lessons before the habit will -be entirely removed; still, kindness and a little patience will soon -accomplish all you desire. - -Men in general exercise too little patience in the training of their -colts, and they frequently expect to accomplish more in a short space of -time than can possibly be performed. Yet the time really required, when -measured by days, is so short as to be really surprising. Let us suppose -that in training a colt one were to spend two hours a day for ten days, -which is the longest time that could possibly be needed; compute the time -at ten hours to the day, and the whole amounts to but two days, at the -end of which he would have a well-educated animal. I doubt if a farmer -or horse-raiser could employ his time more profitably in any other way -than in thoroughly educating his colts, as he thus enhances their value, -for there is no sensible man who would not give ten dollars more for a -properly educated animal than for one improperly trained. - - -_TO EDUCATE A COLT TO DRIVE BEFORE BEING HARNESSED._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A COLT TO DRIVE BEFORE BEING HARNESSED.] - -Place on him the Bonaparte bridle, as shown in engraving, with your cord -in the left hand and whip in the right; the cord referred to should be -about eighteen feet long; now drive him around a circle to the right -about fifteen minutes; then drive him to the left about the same time. -You have now educated your colt to drive, and may with safety put on your -harness, observing to put the reins through the shaft tugs at his side; -then commence driving him carefully for some fifteen minutes on a walk, -turning him to the right and left as before directed. Do not use the whip -more than sufficient to give him a knowledge of its use. Never drive a -colt without blinders. It is better to first hitch him to a sulky or a -cart, and do not put on breechings, but allow the cross-bar frequently to -come against his heels, so that he may never be afraid, or learn to kick. -Never forget, when your colt is obedient, to stop him, and walk up to and -caress him. - -I am unwilling to pass on to another illustration without more fully -impressing on the minds of those who raise or break colts the necessity -of kind and careful usage in educating their animals. Never approach -your colt quickly. Never, pull the halter or bridle off quickly. Always -handle the colt’s ears with great care. Never punish him on the body -with anything but a whip, and with it as seldom as possible, as many -colts become sulky and show signs of balking when severely whipped. It is -better that you should give your colt two or three lessons each day, as -heretofore directed, at intervals of say two hours apart: by this means -you do not overtax his brain, nor cause him to get weary. In this, as in -many other cases, the wisest course is to “make haste slowly.” - - -_HOW TO EDUCATE A COLT TO MOVE HIS BODY WHEN HE MOVES HIS HEAD._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A COLT TO MOVE HIS BODY WHEN HE MOVES HIS -HEAD.] - -Place on your bridle, then your harness; carry your reins through the -shaft tugs; take your position behind the horse (see engraving); now -commence to drive, turning him round frequently, first to the right, -then to the left, and he will quickly understand to move his body when -he moves his head. By this means you are educating to the shafts, and -educating not to be afraid of his heels, thus thoroughly breaking your -horse at both sides and both ends. - -After your colt has been driven two or three times, as above described, -educate him to obey the word “whoa:” let him walk along smartly, then -speak plain, with audible voice, and say “whoa;” at the same time pull on -the reins with some force; when he stops, caress him; repeat this a few -times, and, in the short space of fifteen minutes, you will have taught -him the use of the word. Now your horse is educated to drive and stop at -the word of command. - -The next thing in order is to teach him to back. To accomplish this, -grasp your reins firmly, and with a determined effort; speak firmly, -making use of the word “back,” at the same time pulling with all your -might; if he obeys the first time, step up and caress him; if not, -increase the power by inviting one or more of your friends to assist on -the reins, being fully determined to accomplish your purpose. As soon as -he obeys, don’t fail to caress him, and by this process you will educate -your horse to the word, which he will never forget. - -Your colt being educated, you may now hitch him up to a vehicle, -observing to drive him very slow, only on a walk, and after thus driving -him a few times, you can with certainty say that you have a thoroughly -educated horse, whose value will be greatly increased, compared with the -old or any other system of breaking the colt. _Always_ observing to drive -your colt with blinders, only using the whip enough to let him know the -use of it. Be kind to your animal, never using harsh means, and he will -reward your kindness by implicit obedience. - - -_IMPROVED METHOD OF BITTING A COLT._ - -[Illustration: IMPROVED METHOD OF BITTING A COLT.] - -Use the Bonaparte bridle, placing a loop on the lower jaw; carry the cord -back on the neck, bringing the end of the cord down through the loop on -the jaw; then draw the horse’s head up in an easy and graceful position, -and tie a bow-knot. Should the horse attempt to rear and go over -backwards, give a little pull to untie the cord, and the horse is saved -from any accident. The object aimed at in bitting a horse is to give an -easy position, with a high and graceful carriage of the head, and, in our -efforts to do this, we must be careful not to give him a dead bearing on -the bit, or make him what is usually known as a “lugger.” All the bitting -rings which we have examined, and especially those of English make, are -objectionable, as having a tendency to produce this result. The rig which -we here give you is entirely free from this objection, and is better -calculated to produce the desired result of ease and gracefulness than -any ever before presented to the public. Our rig, instead of bearing -on the jaw-bones whenever the horse presses his weight upon the bit, -producing a calloused jaw and indifference to the bit, contracts the side -muscles of the cheek on the molar teeth, with a pain the horse cannot -endure; he lifts his head, the bit falls on the side rein, and the mouth -is at once relieved. Practice has shown that horses bitted with this rig -soon acquire the habit of gently and gracefully raising the head with -that occasional toss, or upward and downward motion, and playing with -the bit, which is the perfection of beauty in a carriage horse, while -standing in the harness. - -It is not possible for a horse with our rig to become a “lugger.” This -bit never bears upon the jaw-bone with more than a light pressure, and -when he attempts to rest his head upon the bit, the pressure on the teeth -causes him to desist and elevate his head. He soon dreads to rest upon -the bit, and of his own free will, without the force of the rein, carries -it up with freedom and ease. - - -_EDUCATING THE COLT TO RIDE_ - -[Illustration: EDUCATING THE COLT TO RIDE.] - -First put on the Bonaparte bridle, make a double half-hitch, bringing -it over the head, back of his ears, and, carrying it down to the mouth, -place it under the upper lip, taking the end of the cord in your right -hand, placing it on the horse’s rump; then place your left hand in the -mane; now spring partly on and off, as seen in the plate on preceding -page. Do this several times; if he moves, punish him in the mouth, by -means of the cord; if he does not move, when you get off caress him; -then go to the opposite side, repeating the same several times, after -which you may safely mount your horse, but be particular not to remain -on his back too long at a time, as the strength of the animal is not yet -sufficiently developed to bear a protracted strain. Like the young of all -animals, the colt has a great deal of energy and spirit, but lacks the -stamina to endure long-continued exertion, nor can it be imposed on them -without certain injury. - -Men do not act wisely by practicing the old system of riding colts, viz., -by mounting on the back with reins and whip in hand, and, so soon as the -colt jumps about or rears, applying the whip or heels; for the reason -that the animal _does not know_ what you require of him, but believes you -design some injury, and therefore resists your efforts to ride him. No -wonder that he repeatedly throws his rider and treats him as an intruder. -He cannot be less terrified than a man would be if a wild animal were to -mount on his back. In order to secure success in educating his colt to -ride let the reader adopt the foregoing instructions, and he will not -have cause for regret, but will find that he has gained more than the -single point of riding, as he has taught his colt that he does not intend -to harm him, and that his duty is to yield a cheerful obedience to his -owner’s commands. - - -_INSTRUCTIONS TO RIDE THE COLT._ - -[Illustration: INSTRUCTIONS TO RIDE THE COLT.] - -Take a small cord, ten to twelve feet long, divide it in the center; then -place the center back of the ears, cross it in the mouth, then bring -both ends along the neck to the withers, and tie a knot, thus forming a -powerful bridle, sufficient to ride the most vicious animal. - -Sacred history contains the declaration that there is “the bridle for -the horse, the whip for the ass, and the rod for the fool’s back,” and, -while writing my book, I have often thought of the first portion of that -quotation. The power of the bridle in controlling the horse is really -wonderful, and the new forms of powerful bridles given in this work -enable the most timid rider to secure the mastery of the most powerful -animal. The one described above is excellent, and can never fail to give -satisfaction when it is used as directed. - -There is no exercise so invigorating and scarcely any so delightful as -the manly one of riding the horse, yet three-quarters of the pleasure -of equestrianism depends on the early training of the horse for this -delightful exercise. The rider who feels that he has beneath him an -animal obedient to his slightest wish, and which responds to a touch of -the heel or the lightest pressure of the bit, moving to the lifting or -the falling of the bridle, such a rider feels almost as though the horse -on which he sits forms a portion of himself, and courses onward with a -delightful sense of power and freedom. Nearly all of this excellence in -a riding-horse depends on the way in which he has been educated while -young. Faults then acquired may be corrected, it is true, in later years, -yet it is far more desirable that they should never have been formed, -but, in place thereof, the qualities secured which form the excellence of -a horse. - -I throw out these suggestions at this point, for I am now dealing with -the early education of the colt; later in the book I shall have to speak -more of faults to be corrected, and it is my wish to impress on my reader -the great importance of the kind of education which the colt receives at -his hands. - - -_TO HALTER-BREAK A COLT, AND HITCH IN THE STABLE._ - -[Illustration: TO HALTER-BREAK AND HITCH A COLT IN THE STALL.] - -Place the center of a sixteen-foot cord under the horse’s tail, and bring -it over and cross it on the back; then tie it firmly in front of the -breast (as seen by reference to illustration on preceding page); carry -the halter-strap through the manger, and bring it back under the mouth; -then tie the end of the strap to the cord in front of the breast. The -colt is now tied by the head and tail. While he yields quietly to the -confinement, he is comfortable and easy, but the moment he begins to -resist he punishes himself; this he soon learns, and in a little time -ceases the efforts which he finds to be productive of pain. He will -always remember the lesson, and give no further trouble. - -It may seem a trifling thing to have gained the result described above; -yet, as the earth is made up of grains of sand, so the thorough education -of the horse is the result of attention to a multitude of small affairs, -each one seeming to be of little importance in itself, but which, in -their total, make the difference between a gentle and an unruly animal. - -Too much care and attention cannot be bestowed on the colt while you -are giving him lesson after lesson, as he is susceptible of impressions -that will take weeks to overcome, provided you should through neglect -or carelessness omit to practice the instructions laid down. Do not -suppose that any of the directions given in this book are unimportant. -They are, one and all, the result of long experience in the management -and education of the horse, and each one, in its place and relation to -the general system, is as necessary, though perhaps not as important, -as any other. To be certain of reaching the best results of the system, -the reader must not pass over any of our directions as unimportant -or unnecessary, but accept each as a part of the system which it has -required years of time and thought to bring to its present state of -perfection. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO KICK AT YOU WHEN ENTERING THE STALL._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO KICK AT YOU WHEN ENTERING THE -STALL.] - -Place on the horse the Bonaparte bridle; then drive a staple at the side -of the stall, near the manger, three or four feet from the floor; then -attach another staple at the entrance of the stall, the same distance -from the floor; now pass the cord through both staples and tie it. When -you enter the stall, pull sharply on the rope; at the same time use the -words “go over.” The head of the horse will be drawn towards you, and his -heels to the opposite side. Thus you avoid all danger, and will very soon -educate your horse to abandon this bad habit. - -Vicious and annoying habits in horses often owe their origin to bad -management by their owner or groom. Allow me to instance a few examples: -A man walks into the stable and approaches his horse in the stall, and, -if he should move about quickly, the person springs back from him, -evidently showing his fear, which is at once noticed by the horse, and -taken advantage of; so that, after a repetition of this two or three -times, the animal fancies he is master, and uses his heels to help the -intruder out of the stall. Another custom prevails: that of striking a -horse on the rump or hinder parts, with a whip or stick in order to make -him stand over, and the effect is to irritate and cause him to kick. -Now, in order to insure success, walk up to your animal manfully and -determinately, observing never to show fear, and by this means you will -never teach your horse to kick at you. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE THAT KICKS OR PAWS IN THE STALL._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE THAT KICKS OR PAWS IN THE STALL.] - -First make the Bonaparte bridle, as before directed; carry the cord -through a surcingle, attached around the body, back to a ring in front -of the hind-leg, to which are attached two straps, one above and one -below the gambol joint of the leg he has the habit of kicking with; thus, -when he kicks, he is punished in the act, and soon gives up the habit. -_Pawing_—Continue the cord forward to a ring attached to two small straps -above and below the knee-joint, as seen on engraving, observing, as above -directed, to attach the appliance to the leg he paws with, reversing the -straps when required, which will give a horse the knowledge that when he -paws he punishes himself, and the reader will see, by this treatment, the -habit speedily broken up. - -The habit of kicking in the stall is one that is not only disagreeable -to the owner of the horse addicted to it, but is often destructive and -costly, as a horse viciously inclined to that habit will sometimes even -splinter the boards of the stall, and with so simple and effective a -method of correcting the bad habit it should never be tolerated for a -single day, and the possessor of this book would be inexcusable should he -suffer it to continue in an animal owned by him. - -The habit of pawing in the stall, though not so vicious in its nature -as that of kicking, is yet sufficiently troublesome and unpleasant to -deserve a speedy correction, and the owner of a horse addicted to even -the last-named fault will be more than compensated for the slight trouble -caused in its removal. - -It may seem needless to repeat what has before been said, in substance, -that the seemingly small faults of a horse are the ones which most -frequently lessen his value and impair his usefulness, and that the -removal of any one, however trifling, adds a money value to the horse -more than sufficient to compensate for the time and trouble expended. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO GET CAST IN THE STALL._ - -[Illustration: TO PREVENT A HORSE GETTING CAST IN THE STALL.] - -Drive a staple in the ceiling over the manger at the side of the stall, -then another in the ceiling in the center of the stall over the horse’s -head; pass a small cord through the staple at the side of the stall; tie -a horseshoe, or the weight of a horseshoe, so that the cord will not draw -through the staple; then put the cord through the staple in the center of -the stall, bring it down within two and a half feet of the floor, and cut -it off, attaching a snap to the end; place a ring in the halter at the -top of the head, in the center, as seen in engraving. Now, when his head -raises up, the weight comes down; when his mouth is on the floor he can -lie down with ease, but he cannot get the top of his head to the floor; -and, if he cannot get the top of his head to the floor, he cannot roll; -and, if he cannot roll, he cannot get cast. This remedy is as simple as -it is certain, and is always perfectly safe. - -The habit of rolling in the stable is one often attended with fatal -results, in addition to the anxiety experienced by the owner of the -horse. Various means are resorted to in order to prevent the animal -getting cast, and most of them are wide of the mark; and, in order to -acquaint the reader with the variety of ways practiced, so that he may -contrast the difference between others and mine, I have thought proper to -write more explicitly on the subject. - -A favorite idea with many is to tie the halter so short that the -animal cannot get his mouth near the floor; this renders the horse -uncomfortable, as he cannot lie down when he desires. Another is, -hitching the halter-stale at the ceiling directly over the head of the -animal, and allowing cord enough that he may get his mouth on the floor; -this, too, is attended with bad results, for when he raises his head up -there is sufficient slack in the rope so as to permit his getting his -foot over the rope and become so entangled as to render his position -dangerous. - - -_TO EDUCATE A COLT TO LEAD BEHIND A WAGON._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A COLT TO LEAD BEHIND A WAGON.] - -First put on the colt a common halter without a leader, then place a -small cord about eighteen feet long, divided in the center, under the -tail, cross it on the back, then bring the ends through between the -under-jaw of the horse and the nose-piece of the halter, and tie it to -the hind end of the wagon. This idea will be satisfactory, and your colt -will soon be educated to lead without trouble to his owner. The expedient -is a very simple one, yet will invariably prove successful, because the -colt will find his own comfort to be promoted by doing as you wish; -and this is one of the principles which underlie my whole system of -training—to make the horse desire to do that which his owner wishes. - -Under this head I am satisfied that I cannot be too particular in giving -instructions, as persons often grow merry when witnessing the results -produced from ideas that are so different from their old and accustomed -ones, practiced for leading colts. After you have hitched your colt in -the manner described, do not start off immediately, but let him remain as -quiet as possible for a few minutes, then start the wagon slowly, and, -if your colt attempts to rear or plunge about, stop your vehicle, get -out and walk up quietly to your colt and caress him, and when you start -him again, if possible, walk along by his side for a short time, then -stop him again, and again caress. His attention will not be attracted -by objects on the road, but very soon he will understand that his chief -business is to walk on quietly away from the punishment inflicted from -the cord under his tail. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE THAT IS BAD TO CATCH._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE THAT IS BAD TO CATCH.] - -Horses acquire this habit mainly from improperly turning them out; and, -to illustrate, I will give the reader an example. First, the man or -boy takes his horse to the bars or fence of the field, and lets only a -portion of either down; he now takes off the bridle or halter, and, in -order to make the horse jump over, hits him on the rump and shouts at -him; thus the animal is made to fear the approach of man when loose; so -that, with this kind of training, it soon becomes difficult to catch, and -requires education in order to counteract this bad habit. - -Directions: Put on the Bonaparte bridle, and tie a knot at the mouth, so -as to prevent it from slipping down to his teeth, when he might sever -the cord; then carry it up to his mane over the shoulder; tie the mane -together with a string; then pass the cord through the loop thus made -with the mane, and carry the cord through a loop made in the tail by -same means, and let your cord lay out behind from ten to fifty feet, -as required. Now, when you want your horse, go carefully up behind him -and take a firm hold of the cord, and say “Come here,” at the same time -pulling with all your might. By giving him three or four lessons of this -kind, you may safely take off the cord and go into the field, standing -about the same distance as when you last pulled or the cord, and repeat -the words “come here;” he will quickly obey your voice, and give you no -more trouble in catching him. - -When it is remembered how much time is often lost in catching a horse -in the field, it will be seen that, in money value, this simple point -of horse education will more than repay the cost of this book to the -owner of a horse that has heretofore been bad to catch; and the saving -of temper as well as time will make the improvement in his habits doubly -valuable. Both the man and the horse are made better by it. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO REAR UNDER THE SADDLE OR BEFORE A CARRIAGE._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO REAR UNDER THE SADDLE OR BEFORE -A CARRIAGE.] - -Attach a small cord tightly around the swell of the body, tied with a -loop-knot, and carry it back into the carriage. By doing this you prevent -your horse from rearing, inasmuch as he is unable to expand his body, -and, without doing so, it is impossible for him to rear. Simple as is -this method, the reader, if he should have occasion to practice it, will -find the idea of great value, as it will never fail to prove effectual in -removing this, to say the least, unpleasant and often dangerous habit. -It is possible that the habit might be broken up in other ways, but -there are none so harmless and easy of application as is the one I have -described. - -My readers will, I doubt not, receive with kindly feelings not only the -instructions on the important points of educating their horses to break -off bad habits, but will profit by the ideas and examples given of the -various means adopted by horse-handlers to create these habits. In the -present instance, it is rarely, if ever, known that horses acquire the -habit of rearing themselves, but are prompted so to do by the means used, -viz., starting and stopping suddenly; pulling sharply on the reins, and -then striking the animal with the whip, either of which is a sure and -certain means of producing this result—that of causing the horse to rear -up whenever you desire to move off. - -The inconvenience and unpleasantness of such a habit are too plain to -need more than a mention, besides its often occasioning great alarm to -a timid driver; and the simple yet practical means I have given for -breaking up the habit, will be found successful whenever it is tried, as -it always should be where the habit exists. - - -_TO EDUCATE AND PREVENT A HORSE FROM CRIBBING._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE AND PREVENT A HORSE FROM CRIBBING.] - -Build a manger on the floor or from the floor up. In many cases this will -prevent a horse from cribbing by getting his mouth below his chest. - -Another method, _sure to be effective_, is to place a piece of sheep-skin -of long wool, eight inches wide and about three feet long, or long -enough to reach from one side of the stall to the other, and on the skin -sprinkle cayenne pepper; take soft soap and rub it on any part of the -stall where the horse will be likely to crib. If the above instructions -are strictly adhered to, and the horse is fed regularly, three times a -day, there will be little danger of his ever becoming a cribber. The -slight trouble which this remedy involves will be repaid a hundred-fold -by the satisfaction felt in the prevention or cure of a most disagreeable -habit, and one which, like every other fault, lessens the value of a -horse. In using the cayenne pepper, a small quantity will be sufficient. - -There are more bad results accruing from cribbing than many are aware of. -From cribbing the horse may become a crib-sucker, which often results in -colic, or, as it is sometimes termed, belly-ache. When this occurs of -course it becomes a dangerous habit, and no one should think it too much -trouble to adopt the instructions given under this head. Do not think -you can eradicate this habit by nailing tin or iron over the manger; you -cannot remove it thus; your horse may desist for the time being, but when -put into a stall that is not thus arranged, he will relapse into his old -habit; but by adopting the remedy I have provided he will be thoroughly -taught not to attempt to bite or gnaw the manger. - -There is a wide difference between preventing a horse from doing what he -still wishes to do, and taking from him the disposition to do wrong; the -latter alone can properly be called education, and is the only way in -which a bad habit can be permanently removed. On this principle I base my -whole system; it is education, by appealing to the intelligence of the -horse. - - -_TO EDUCATE AND BREAK A HALTER-PULLER._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE AND BREAK A HALTER-PULLER.] - -Place on the horse a common halter, without tie-strap; then take a small -cord, about 16 to 18 feet long; divide it on the center, place it under -the tail and cross it on the back; bring the ends each side of the neck, -then place the ends through the halter under the mouth; tie round a post -or tree. Then tie a strap from the mouth to the post or tree one foot -shorter than the rope, after making it taut from the tail; then cut the -strap half off, after which, frighten your horse by rolling a barrel -in front of him; now he will fly back, breaking the strap, and he will -be caught under the tail, which is a severe punishment that will, by -repeating it two or three times, educate him not to pull at the halter -again. - -The practical nature of the idea embraced in the foregoing directions -will be seen at a glance, for the following reason: the horse has from -time to time been guilty of pulling on his halter and breaking it, much -to the displeasure of the owner, but probably much to the gratification -of the horse, who, perhaps, has come to take a sort of pleasure in the -act; now he is made to repeat the same thing, unconscious of the result -that will follow, when immediately on carrying out his old habit he -receives a severe punishment inflicted by the very act. The horse is, -no doubt, surprised, but he quickly learns to connect the act and the -suffering in his mind, and so soon as he does that the habit is cured -forever. This I claim as a great excellence in my system, that its -results are all permanent; the cure is not for a day only, but for all -time; the very disposition to do wrong is wiped out of the animal’s -brain. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO KICK WHEN THE LINE GETS UNDER HIS TAIL._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO KICK WHEN THE LINE GETS UNDER -THE TAIL.] - -Horses become kickers from various causes, and one most effectual in -producing the habit, is that when a horse gets the rein under his tail, -his driver, getting provoked, pulls strongly on the rein in order to -liberate it, and by this means burns the skin beneath the tail, when the -horse becomes excited and commences to kick. The driver then usually -begins to whip, and oftentimes the horse continues to kick, until he -breaks everything within reach of his heels, and runs away. Now the owner -has a confirmed kicker, and frequently knows not what to do to correct -the fault he has himself established. The instructions below, if properly -applied, will effect a cure. - -When your horse is down, as seen in the engraving, place a strap under -his tail and commence moving it up and down; should he kick, or show -signs of resistance, at once punish him; if not, caress him, and in a -short time his tail will become limber and he will be taught to not be -afraid, though, in driving, the rein should get under his tail. Also, -after you allow him to rise to his feet, use the same means as just -directed when he was lying down. - -In my book I have endeavored to grapple with almost every bad habit that -the horse is addicted to, and would here advise all persons who handle -them to be extremely careful that if their animals acquire unpleasant -habits, they are not mostly to be blamed themselves. Horses differ -materially in their ability to learn, and many are less susceptible of -impressions than others, therefore, it behooves the educator to first -make himself acquainted with the disposition of his horse, and treat him -accordingly, as the same line of management will not serve for all, but -an observance of one important direction, that of _always_ using the -utmost kindness, will, in most cases, prevent and remove all habits but -those of long standing. - - -_ANOTHER METHOD OF EDUCATING A HORSE NOT TO KICK._ - -[Illustration: ANOTHER METHOD OF EDUCATING A KICKING HORSE.] - -I design to make this chapter as plain as possible, so that no man need -fail to break up this worst of habits, and in order so to do, I will -commence at the beginning. With the previously-described rig, lay the -horse down, and commence to handle him. Take a stick or a piece of board -and ply it on his hinder parts, then thrust it between his legs. Should -he kick, punish in the mouth with Camanche bridle, but if he offers no -resistance, caress. When you have secured submission allow your horse to -rise to his feet, then put on him a head-stall and lines and commence -driving him on the walk; every three or four rods pull sharply on the -reins and at the same instant say “Whoa,” walk up and caress; start him -off again, and repeat the “Whoa,” say ten times, by that time you have -so educated him to the word that he will scarcely forget it for years. -Take your stick and ply it on his hind parts again; if he resists, jerk -suddenly on the reins and say “Whoa.” Ply the stick until all fear is -removed. You can now safely hitch your animal to a cart, as seen in -engraving, using no breeching. Drive him a short time, simultaneously -pull on the reins and say “Whoa,” at the same time allowing the cart to -come against his heels. Push the cart sharply against him, saying “Whoa,” -each time, speaking with considerable force, that he may understand you -design to conquer. Don’t forget to caress when the horse obeys. Should he -kick the cart and try to rid himself of it, pull with your might quickly -on the reins and repeat the word “whoa” again; so soon as he shall desist -take him from the cart and lay him down again as soon as possible, and, -if need be, summon one of your neighbors to assist you, to prevent being -foiled, for be assured, if you allow him to conquer once you have lost -much and really accomplished nothing. Give the animal another _strong_ -lesson while down, afterwards repeat it when on his feet, when by this -time you will have taken the conceit completely out of him. In all your -attempts to handle a vicious horse be resolute and determined and you -will soon give him to understand that you are master, and that his duty -is to yield a cheerful obedience to your command. - -I would enjoin upon the reader to practice the same method when educating -colts, but not so severely, because by so doing you may make them -stubborn; great patience must be exercised while handling colts, as the -faults of one misplaced lesson will be visible. Therefore one cannot be -too careful, particularly if the animal is nervous and excitable. - - -_TO CURE CORNS._ - -Cut the horn well down, but not to the quick, fit the shoe so that it -will not press upon the part, then saturate well with pine sap or gum, -which is found exuding from pine trees when cut. Fill the part in nicely -with tow, and put on the shoe, which must be so fitted as not to oblige -the part to support, but very slightly, if any, the weight of the horse. -Horses with corns must be oftener and more carefully shod than those free -from them. - - -_TO HARDEN A TENDER-MOUTHED HORSE._ - -Place the bits in the animal’s mouth as low as possible, not to have them -drop out, and drive him from two to three weeks with the bits in this -way, and when they are buckled up in proper place he is hard-mouthed. - - -_TO EDUCATE THE HORSE BAD TO GROOM._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE THE HORSE BAD TO GROOM.] - -After making the Bonaparte bridle, put it on the horse, standing at his -side with the end of the cord in your hand, with the other hand use the -curry-comb or brush and commence to groom him. If he should resist your -efforts by attempting to kick or bite you, reprove him by pulling quickly -on the cord, at the same time using the words “stand still.” Afterwards -if he remains quiet, caress him; if the punishment should not prove -effectual make the double half-hitch under the upper lip, as seen in -engraving. - - -_HUGGING THE POLE._ - -This is a great annoyance to the other horse, and he will probably learn -to do the same thing, not from imitation, but from leaning inwards, so as -to enable him to stand against the other horse, leaning upon him. This -habit may be broken up by securing a piece of sole leather to the pole -upon the side where the animal leans, having a number of tacks driven -through it in such a manner as to protrude from the leather towards the -horse. - - -_LUGGERS ON THE BIT._ - -Buckle a pair of straps, about twelve inches long, with a ring at one -end, and a buckle at the other, to the check-piece, and let the straps -pass through the rings on either side of the bit; buckle the lines to the -rings on these straps, instead of the rings on the bit; this forms a gag -similar to the French twitch-gag, and is a powerful means of controlling -the mouth of a hard-pulling horse. - - -_BITS USED IN EDUCATING HORSES ADDICTED TO BAD HABITS._ - -[Illustration: BITS USED IN EDUCATING HORSES ADDICTED TO BAD HABITS.] - -NO. 1. TO PREVENT A HORSE GETTING HIS TONGUE OVER THE BIT.—Take a piece -of leather, say three inches long, an inch and a half wide, and drill two -holes in a straight bit; now rivet this leather on the top of the bit, -after which sprinkle on the upper side some pulverized rosin, and take a -hot iron and pass over it so as to form a coating. Allow your horse to -wear this bit say six or eight days when driving, and he will by that -time be sufficiently taught to abandon the habit. - -NO. 2. LOLLING THE TONGUE.—Take an ordinary straight bit of five-eighths -of an inch in diameter and drill two holes, each one three-quarters of an -inch from the center; then get a piece of very small chain, attach iron -bullets, about the size of ordinary leaden bullets used in guns, suspend -them not more than one and a half inches from the bit. Now use the bit, -every time you drive your horse, for ten days. - -NO. 3. CURE A HORSE OF SUCKING WIND.—A horse that has acquired the habit -of sucking wind is truly to be detested, as it is oftentimes attended -with fatal results, and when once thoroughly settled, great difficulty -has been experienced in removing the habit. The method I have introduced -of treating this habit has proved successful in most cases. - -Take a piece of small gas-pipe, say from five-eighths to three-quarters -of an inch in diameter, the ordinary length of a bit, heat it and circle -it a little, then drill on the upper side equal distances apart from each -end, as seen in engraving; also drill three holes on the under side, -making each hole between an eighth and a quarter of an inch in diameter, -and attach a ring near each end and allow your horse to wear this when -driving, say for at least from ten to twenty days or until the habit is -removed. - -NO. 4. TO CURE A SIDE-REINER, ONE THAT PULLS HEAVILY ON ONE REIN.—Take -a plain, jointed bit, remove one-half of the part used in the mouth and -supply a small chain from the side ring to the center joint, now on the -side that the animal pulls place the chain; he is not only attracted by -the strange sensation in the mouth, but when pulled on the chain side -receives such severe and unexpected punishment that he will quickly give -up his habit. - -NO. 5. DEAD-MOUTH OR JAW BIT.—This bit may be used on horses that pull -very much on the reins, and a lady may with safety drive a horse, as she -can control him quite easily. - -The attachment to this bit is made as follows: Take two pieces of leather -about three inches in diameter, make a hole in the center of each to -admit of the bit, cut the leather so as to put pieces on after, sew up -slit, attach two billets on under side with buckle, then buckle on under -jaw. This bit may be used without a head-stall. - - -_TO EDUCATE HORSES NOT TO BE AFRAID OF OBJECTS WHEN DRIVING._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE HORSES NOT TO BE AFRAID OF OBJECTS WHEN -DRIVING.] - -It is impossible to overestimate the value of the subjoined instructions -respecting nervous and shying horses, therefore on this topic I wish to -be particularly clear and explicit. Let the reader understand that horses -take fright at objects because they fancy those objects will harm them, -and if you can by any means appeal to the horse’s brain, and satisfy him -that he is not going to be hurt, you have accomplished your object, and -in order to do so, you must have control of your horse. I do not mean -by this that you are to adopt the too frequent course pursued by many, -viz., subduing with the whip, or other harsh means, which will, without -almost an exception, increase the fear instead of removing the habit; -again, when a horse shies, the driver commences to jerk on the rein -nearest to the object, and at once applies the whip, fully determined to -master his horse; both man and horse get excited, and the horse comes off -victorious, because he cannot control him by the means used, and the -result is that the next time the animal is frightened it bears a two-fold -character, the fear of the object, and the fear of the whip-punishment. - -In order to properly educate your horses in this department, I would -specially direct the reader to observe and practice the following -directions: Select, first, the most prominent objects at which he becomes -frightened, then make the Bonaparte bridle of small cord, and place it -on your horse under the bridle, carrying the end of the cord into the -carriage, and when approaching an object at which he takes fright, get -out of your carriage, stand nearly in front of him, give a quick downward -pull, and say, “Come here!” At first do not punish him too severely; but -if he will not obey, increase the punishment, and so soon as he complies, -caress him. Bring him quite near the object, and, if possible, let him -smell of it, as by adopting this method he will quickly understand that -the object will not hurt him. Now turn him around, and drive him past the -object two or three times, and you have accomplished your end. - - -_FIRST LESSON TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO FEAR AN UMBRELLA._ - -[Illustration: FIRST LESSON TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO FEAR AN UMBRELLA.] - -Place on the animal the throwing rig and proceed to lay him down, when, -should he jump around and show resistance, do not get anxious to throw -him quickly, but let him caper about, he will soon give up. After he is -down present the umbrella to him folded up, allow him to smell of it, -then rub it gently across his nose and head, now open it partly, again -let him smell of it, shut it and open it several times until he becomes -perfectly reconciled to the appearance, open or shut; work slowly and -carefully so as not to excite him more than possible to avoid. - -In another part of my book I have illustrated the education of the animal -to the umbrella when on his feet, and will not go further on this point -than to use the old familiar word, _caress_. - -On no account should the operator, when practicing any idea in my system, -forget that success greatly depends upon caressing when the animal obeys. - - -_HORSE BAD TO BRIDLE._ - -Horses become unwilling to be bridled from various causes, sometimes -from sores on the head or ears, sometimes from hurriedly and improperly -removing the bridle, and sometimes from sheer ugliness of disposition, -prompted by a desire to be master. The treatment in these cases should be -varied. In the latter case named it will be necessary to lay the animal -down, and while thus under control, handle his head and ears, after which -put your bridle on and off several times, exercising patience and being -careful to avoid anything like roughness. Should he resist, punish him -in the mouth, using your best judgment to avoid severity, and so soon -as he submits caress. As to the former, where a dislike to be bridled -arises from abuses, kindness must govern the conduct of the educator. By -using my Bonaparte bridle you will be able to control and counteract all -predisposition to resist your efforts in a very short time. Should there -be sores about the animal’s head, you had better restore to soundness -before you attempt to educate to comply with your wishes. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO FEAR AN UMBRELLA._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO FEAR AN UMBRELLA.] - -On page 261 may be found the first lesson to educate a horse that fears -an umbrella. I now proceed to explain the idea illustrated by the -foregoing cut. - -Place on the animal the Bonaparte half-hitch bridle—found on page 306. -First present to him the umbrella closed; allow him to smell of it, then -rub it gently across his nose and body, observing not to move quickly. -Should he resist your efforts, jerk on the bridle and say “Whoa!” Make -another attempt, and should he remain quiet, caress him. Now partly open -it, placing it over his head, observing to avoid touching his head or -ears with the umbrella—while doing so, caress; and you will be satisfied -punishment in the mouth and caressing will accomplish all that you may -desire. - - -_TREATMENT OF WOUNDS._ - -Wounds are caused by accidents of various kinds, when the skin is much -torn from the flesh. If you are at hand while the wound is quite fresh, -take a square-pointed needle, and a waxed thread, and sew it up. Be sure -to put the needle in straight, one side over against the other, draw the -skin tight, tie a knot, and cut off the thread; then take another stitch -about an inch off, till it is all nicely drawn together. It is quite -wrong to sew up a wound as you would a piece of cloth; the thread should -be cut after each stitch. When you do not see the wound till the place is -growing dead, and the skin is drawing up, then take off the loose skin; -for if you permit it to remain, it will leave a blemish. - - -_ENGLISH STABLE LINIMENT._ - -Oil of spikes, aqua ammonia, and oil of turpentine, of each 2 oz.; sweet -oil and oil of amber, of each ½ oz.; oil of origanum, 1 oz. Mix. - - -_TO EDUCATE A SINGLE-FOOTED HORSE TO TROT SQUARE._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A SINGLE-FOOTED HORSE TO TROT SQUARE.] - -Upon the hind leg of the horse that hitches or single-foots, place two -hame-straps, one above and one below the gambol-joint, attaching a ring -on front, by which means the straps are confined; then place a small -strap on the opposite front leg just below the knee-joint, now buckle on -a strap from fore-leg to hind-leg, passing it up under the surcingle (as -seen in engraving). Now proceed to drive your horse, and you will at once -discover that he cannot single-foot, but must trot. By paying particular -attention to the instructions given, the pleasing result will follow -and your horse will be taught to abandon the habit. The reader must be -careful not to trot his horse fast up hill nor allow him to draw too much -weight while trotting. - - -_RING-BONE REMEDY._ - -Pulverized cantharides, oils of spike, origanum, amber, cedar, British, -and Barbadoes tar, of each 2 oz.; oil of wormwood, 1 oz.; spirits of -turpentine, 4 oz.; lard, 3 lbs. Melt the lard slowly, and add the other -ingredients, stirring well till cool; clip off the hair, and apply by -rubbing in and heating. In about three days, or when done running, wash -off with suds and apply again. In recent cases, two or three applications -will cure; old cases require more time. - - -_AN EXCELLENT LINIMENT FOR SPAVIN, SPLINT CURBS, ETC._ - -Oils of spike, origanum, cedar, British, and spirits of turpentine, of -each 1 oz.; pulverized Spanish flies, ½ oz. Apply once in six or nine -days. - - -_TO EDUCATE A PACING HORSE TO TROT._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A PACING HORSE TO TROT.] - -Take four hame-straps, attach two on each hind-leg, one above and one -below the gambol-joint, confining the straps on the front of the leg by -means of a small ring. Then place two hame-straps on the front legs just -below the knee-joint; buckle a strap from each fore-leg, carrying them up -under the surcingle, and attach them to the rings in front of hind-legs, -crossing strap from off fore-leg to nigh hind-leg, and from nigh fore-leg -to off hind-leg; now commence to drive your horse, walking him very slow, -as the new action of the legs may cause him to stumble; but after a few -minutes you may increase his speed, and you will be delighted to see your -horse trotting at a rate that will astonish you. - - -_POLL-EVIL AND FISTULA._ - -Common potash, ¼ oz.; extract of belladonna, 12 drams; gum Arabic, ¼ oz. -Dissolve the gum in as little water as possible; then, having pulverized -the potash, unless it is moist, mix the gum water with it, and it will -soon dissolve; add the belladonna; mix, and it is ready to use. - -The best method for getting this into the pipes, is by means of a small -syringe, after having cleansed the sore well with suds. Repeat once in -two days, until the callous pipes, and hard, fibrous base around the -poll-evil or fistula are completely destroyed. - - -_NERVE AND BONE LINIMENT._ - -Take beef’s gall, 1 quart; alcohol, 1 pint; volatile liniment, 12 oz.; -spirits of turpentine, 1 lb.; oil of origanum, 4 oz.; aqua ammonia, ½ -pint; oil of amber, 3 oz.; tincture of cantharides, 6 oz. Mix. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO TROT._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO TROT FAST.] - -The appliance required to form the trotting rig is arranged as follows: - -Take four hame-straps, attach two on each hind-leg, one above and one -below the gambol-joint, confining the straps on the front part of the -leg, by means of a small ring. Then take a standing martingale and attach -a small pulley on the lower end of the martingale; then take a small, -strong cord, tying one end in the ring on one hind-leg, passing the other -end through the pulley, bringing it back to the other hind-leg and tie -it in the ring; adjust the rope in accordance with the stride of your -horse, observing to drive him very slow for a time until he shall become -accustomed to the rig. - -This idea with alterations as hereinafter set forth may be successfully -applied to horses while being used by the husbandman in ploughing, -that are addicted to the habit of kicking. I have already given the -reader a number of ideas on this point that, if used in accordance with -instructions, will not fail to give satisfaction. - -Put on the horse the trotting-rig, as seen in engraving, with the -exception of the standing martingale attached from the pulley to the -bit-ring of the bridle; then through the eye of the pulley insert a small -cord, say twelve feet long, carry both ends up between the fore-legs, -pass one end through the bit-ring on the off-side up over the head, and -down on the nigh-side of the head to the bit-ring, and then tie it. -Now take the other end of the cord and carry it up on the nigh-side -through the bit-ring and pass it over the head down to the bit-ring on -the off-side and there tie it. By thus manipulating your cord you will -perceive that you have a system of severely punishing the horse when he -shall kick. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO KICK WHILE IN SHAFTS._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO KICK WHILE IN SHAFTS.] - -Horses are quite often educated to kick in harness as well as out and -almost numberless accidents have been caused by this vicious and bad -habit. Men are found reckless enough to tantalize their horse with a -whip and sometimes punch him with a stick, regardless of consequences. -The result, in most cases, is that the animal becomes a kicker, and the -habit when once formed is not easily eradicated by resorting to the -old stereotyped method of placing a strap over the horse’s rump and -buckling to the shafts on each side. This treatment may in time effect -the purpose, but it will require months to do so. Laying _all others_ -aside, I with confidence say to the reader, if he will but practice the -subjoined idea he will find it not only practical but effectual, because -the punishment is so severe that a few lessons will convince the horse -that it will be greatly to his advantage to abandon the habit. - -Take a cord twenty feet long, divide it in the center, place it back -of the ears, bring it down and cross it in the mouth, then bring it up -between the eyes, placing a ring or loop there; now bring it back through -a ring attached to the head-stall between the ears, then bring both ends -of your cord under the saddle of the harness and along the back, to a -ring slipped over the crupper against the hip-strap; bring the cords -through the ring down to the shaft on each side of the horse, observing -to leave just slack enough so that your horse may not be too much -confined. The cord used may be quite small, so that it is strong. - -Now when your horse makes an attempt to kick he will find a severe -punishment immediately meted out to him, and thus, finding his attempt -fruitless as well as painful, he will be made to understand that -while obedience is rewarded, punishment quickly follows each act of -disobedience. This simple yet effective expedient makes the horse punish -himself for his own misdeeds, and by making the act of kicking the cause -of his suffering disinclines him to attempt it, for neither horse nor man -will voluntarily provoke certain pain. - - -_DIURETIC DROPS._ - -These drops are reliable in cases of stoppage of water, foul water, or -inflammation of the kidneys. Take sweet spirits of nitre, 4 oz.; balsam -copaiba, 2 oz.; oil of juniper, 2 oz.; spirits of turpentine, 2 oz.; gum -camphor, pulv., 1 oz. Mix all together, and shake well; bottle; and it is -fit for use, for man or beast, under all circumstances where a diuretic -is required. - -Dose for horse, 1 oz. in half a pint of milk, once in six hours. - -Dose for man, 1 teaspoonful, in a tablespoonful of milk, once in six -hours. - -Be sure to shake the mixture up well before pouring out for use. - - -_TO EDUCATE A LAZY HORSE, AND INFUSE LIFE INTO HIM._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A LAZY HORSE AND INFUSE LIFE INTO HIM.] - -I have already given many ideas referring to balky horses, and as the -old, tried remark is verily true, that “in the midst of council there is -safety,” so with a multitude of ideas there is certain success. I will -add one more to the catalogue. - -Something that especially attracts the attention of a horse accustomed -to balk often causes him to forget for the moment his offensive habit -and start off, much to the surprise of his driver. By adopting the idea -illustrated in the engraving and the explanation connected therewith, the -reader will have no difficulty, in ordinary cases, with this peculiar -_tormentor_, in accomplishing his purpose. - -By many this may be considered a kind of jockey trick; but the reader -will find the information valuable if he has a lazy horse or one that -does not drive up well on the bit, as by following the directions given -below he will be prepared to show as much style as any man in his county. - -_Directions._—Take a small chain, about three feet long, and attach to -it a strap or limber stick about the same length; with this in hand walk -into the stable and commence plying on him a few smart blows, with this -educator, above the gambol-joint, repeating it once a day for three or -four days; when you hit him of course the chain rattles and makes, to -him, a peculiar noise. Now, after you harness him up, put the chain in -your carriage, then take your place behind him and commence driving, and -when you want to show style, just kick the chain about a little with your -boot and you will be surprised at the spirit and zeal manifested by your -horse. - - -_AN EASY METHOD OF STARTING A BALKY HORSE WHO STOPS ON THE ROAD._ - -[Illustration: AN EASY METHOD OF STARTING A BALKY HORSE.] - -Among the various bad habits which horses acquire there are none which -more severely try the patience of man than does the habit of balking. -Frequently a horse is quiet, kind, and a good roadster, but has this -habit of occasionally stopping in the road. At such times the almost -universal practice is to whip the horse, and sometimes most brutally, or -the more sickening custom of procuring a bundle of straw or some shavings -and setting them on fire under the body of the horse. Such kinds of -treatment I utterly discard, and the reader will find, in another part -of my book, that I give several methods which will prove effectual in -eradicating this habit, only meting out sufficient punishment to secure -obedience. - -Below I give an excellent method of starting a balky horse, and one which -will prove effectual, though it will not educate the horse to abandon -the habit. When your horse balks get out of your carriage, walk up to -him and commence kicking him with the toe of your boot under the fetlock -joint, first one then the other, using the word “shoo!” loud and quick -every time you kick. Then take your seat in the carriage and use the word -as before directed, when your horse will start at once. This process -diverts his attention and causes him to move on. - - -_TO EDUCATE A BALKY HORSE TO DRAW IN DOUBLE HARNESS._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A BALKY HORSE TO DRAW.] - -Persons have resorted to many things in order to make a balky horse draw, -and, after laboring for months, have seen all their efforts fail and are -often disappointed by finding their animal worse instead of better. Let -me assure the reader that however other methods may have failed, if he -will but follow the subjoined instructions he will certainly accomplish -the end desired. - -_Instructions._—Take a small strong rope, about a quarter of an inch in -diameter and sixteen feet long, double the rope and place it under the -balky horse’s tail; carry the ends up through a ring attached to the -crupper or hip-straps, then pass them through the terret-ring on the -saddle of the harness, and bring the ends to the true horse’s hame-ring; -then tie firmly, exercising judgment about the slack to be given to the -cord; then commence to draw slowly and your balky horse will soon learn -that he has got to move with his mate. - - -_OINTMENT FOR ALL BRUISES, SCRATCHES, HEEL GREASE, SADDLE GALLS, ETC._ - -Take 3 oz. white lead, 3 oz. lard, 1 oz. burnt alum, and 5 grains -calomel. If the sore is of long standing, use 10 grains of calomel. - - -_HOOF LINIMENT, FOR CONTRACTED HOOF._ - -Venice turpentine, ½ pint; aqua ammonia, 2 oz.; salts of nitre, 1 oz.; -benzine, 1 oz.; alcohol, 3 oz. Apply to edge of the hair and to the hoof, -twice a day for the first three days; once a day for the next three days; -after that, once in two, three, or four days, as the case may require. - - -_REMEDY FOR BOTTS._ - -Take oil of turpentine, 8 oz.; alcohol, 1 quart. Mix and bottle for -use. Dose, 4 to 5 oz. in the horse’s feed, once a day for 8 days, will -effectually remove every vestige of botts. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO KICK WHILE BEING SHOD._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO KICK WHILE BEING SHOD.] - -The reader has heretofore been instructed how to lay the horse down and -thus get him under his control; but as horses possess a variety of bad -habits, it becomes necessary that I should treat each one separately, and -carefully explain, so that none can misapprehend. - -Many horses rigidly resist the efforts of the blacksmith when undertaking -to shoe his hind-feet, but the following ideas will enable you to -thoroughly educate him to stand quiet. - -Place a strap or cord between the hoof and fetlock joint; then stand in -front of the horse and commence to pull the foot forward; if he shows -resistance punish him in the mouth; continue to pull and punish until he -will allow you to thus handle the leg, and, so soon as he remains quiet, -step up and caress him; then stand behind him and pull his leg backwards -several times until you have removed all stubbornness or fear; when you -have accomplished this let him get up, after which repeat the same thing, -not forgetting to caress immediately when he submits to your treatment. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE, WHILE STANDING, THAT IS BAD TO SHOE._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE WHILE STANDING THAT IS BAD TO SHOE.] - -The treatment for educating the horse after being laid down, which has -been given, is to show him that your power is superior to his; the method -now to be given will show him that you have the same power over him when -standing as when he is down. - -Place on him the Bonaparte bridle, as shown in the engraving, and take a -half-hitch, placing it back of the ears and down under the upper lip, as -shown in the engraving. Place a man at the side of his head to punish him -with this bridle when he does wrong, remembering, as soon as the animal -does right, to caress him. - -Take a single rein, or a rope, about fifteen feet long, placing it on -the hind-foot below the fetlock joint with loops; then stand behind the -horse and lift his foot; if he shows resistance or kicks, punish him in -the mouth; continue doing this till he will allow you to handle his feet. -If one lesson will not answer give him two, and, if necessary, give him -three, or four, as he has got to submit to this treatment. - - -_TO PREVENT HORSES BEING TEASED BY FLIES._ - -Take one-half pound of walnut or butternut leaves, and pour upon them -three quarts of cold water; let it infuse one night, and pour the whole -next morning into a kettle, and let it boil for a quarter of an hour. -When cold it is fit for use. - -No more is required than to moisten a sponge, and before the horse goes -out of the stable, let those parts most likely to be irritated be well -smeared over with the liquor, between and upon the ears, neck, flank, -etc. - - -_DOUBLE-HITCH BONAPARTE BRIDLE._ - -[Illustration: DOUBLE HITCH BONAPARTE BRIDLE.] - -This bridle may be used with great success, for many purposes in -educating horses possessed of vicious or bad habits, and in order that -the reader may not make a mistake I will explain it. - -First. Make a small loop with one end of the cord and place it on the -under jaw, then carry the cord on the off-side of the head over back of -the ears, and bring it down through the loop on the nigh-side, you have -now the Bonaparte bridle, afterwards pass the cord through your right -hand, then with your left take hold of the cord and place it over the top -of the head, and bring the cord down with your left hand under the upper -lip. - -The great advantage of this bridle is the complete control of the horse -which it gives to the one using it. After the animal has learned its -power all thought of resisting leaves him and he submits to the will -of his owner. Harsh as it may seem to one who does not understand the -principle on which it is used, I do not hesitate to say that it is the -most merciful device which could be originated, a hundred times more -so than the brutal method of whipping a horse to make him obey. In all -the horses I have handled I have never twice drawn blood, and the only -occasion when I did so was by the drawing of a cord too rapidly as a man -might have a rope drawn through his hand. Yet by the use of this bridle -I have controlled and educated the most vicious animals that could be -found, with the greatest ease to me and with the least possible suffering -to themselves. Whipping makes no durable impression on the brain, as this -does; it requires hours where this method takes but minutes; it is often -unsuccessful, which this never is. - -I will only add that a horse never should be coaxed, he is first to be -subdued by fear and ever after is controlled only as he has a sense of -the superiority of the one who uses him. - - -_THE ONLY SAFE METHOD OF CONTROLLING A HORSE BAD TO SHOE._ - -[Illustration: ONLY SAFE METHOD OF CONTROLLING A HORSE BAD TO SHOE.] - -I appended to a former plate instructions whereby a horse may be educated -not to kick while shoeing; but if owners of horses will not take the -pains to educate, it is scarcely reasonable that the blacksmith should be -subject to severe torture in shoeing a vicious horse; therefore I have -provided the foregoing plate as descriptive of the mode of perfectly -controlling the horse’s hind-foot, so that the farrier need have no fears -for his safety. Take a single rein or cord, make a slip-noose and put it -on the horse’s hind-leg between the fetlock-joint and hoof; then bring -the rein or cord forward to the breast and pass it around over the neck -at the shoulder; now bring it down and put it under the rein or cord, -forming a half-hitch, and bring up the leg so as to make it convenient -for the smith to pare the hoof or nail the shoe; then take a pole-strap -or one of similar width, and place it under the other strap or cord, -forming a loop by means of the crupper or loop near the buckle with the -buckle outside, now pass the end of the strap up on the inside and front -of the leg and around the gambol-joint, bring it down and buckle it; when -you want to clinch the nails let out the strap two or three holes and -draw up tightly on the rein or cord that is in front of the breast and -around the neck. By this means you can accomplish the desired end, as you -have the foot and leg under your control. - -Should the horse attempt to recline over on the blacksmith, put on the -Bonaparte bridle with double half-hitch, and pull quickly two or three -times, and he will gladly stand erect while being shod. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO BE AFRAID OF THE CARS._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO BE AFRAID OF THE CARS.] - -Much difficulty, and loss of property, has resulted from not being -able to control horses that become frightened at the approach of the -locomotive or cars, and, in order to avoid the annoyance and prevent -accidents, I have with great care prepared the foregoing plate, and will -now give an accurate description of the mode of educating the animal, and -the appliance required, I will first describe the bridle, seen at the -right of the horse. Make the Bonaparte bridle as previously directed, -then place it on the horse, stand at the nigh-side holding the cord in -your right hand, now pass your left hand over the right and take hold of -the cord, then by bringing the hand back and stepping in front of the -horse, you have formed a half-hitch, then place it over the head and -bring it down under the upper lip and above the upper jaw, thus you have -a powerful bridle that will control any horse. Use this with great care -and judgment, because you are now in a position to handle the wildest -horse found in the country. Don’t forget to caress the horse the moment -he obeys. - - -_SWEENY LINIMENT._ - -Alcohol, and spirits of turpentine, of each 8 oz.; camphor gum, -pulverized cantharides and tincture of capsicum, of each 1 oz.; oil of -spike 3 oz. Bathe this liniment in with a hot iron, and faithfully follow -till a cure is effected. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO BACK AT THE WORD OF COMMAND._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO BACK AT THE WORD OF COMMAND.] - -This point in the education of a horse is one of great importance, for -no animal can be considered thoroughly educated till he will obey the -command of his driver without the necessity of using the rein or the -whip. Many persons in order to stop their horse will draw with all their -strength upon the rein, and to back him requires the exertion of a force -enough almost to bring the horse on his haunches, when in either case a -well-educated horse will stop or back at the driver’s voice without the -need for even drawing upon the rein. - -To educate the horse to back at the word of command, let the reader take -his stand behind the horse and with the rein in his hand, previously -arranged as shown in the engraving, commence the lesson. He may, if he -pleases, start the horse forward for a few paces, then stop him, and then -with a sudden, short and pretty powerful backward jerk, utter the word -“back!” Great care must be taken to speak the word and give the backward -jerk on the rein at the same instant, for the two must come together so -as to be associated in the mind of the horse. When he obeys caress him, -and continue repeating the lesson, and in a short time you will find that -your horse will back at the word without your needing to even touch the -reins. But in educating him to this there must not be the least interval -between the word and the short, sharp jerk, for if only a few seconds -pass he will not associate the two in his mind. - -This method will be invariably successful, and is so far superior to the -protracted and unsatisfactory means formerly employed, that it should be -everywhere adopted. - - -_TO EDUCATE HORSES OR CATTLE NOT TO JUMP THE FENCE._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE HORSES OR CATTLE NOT TO JUMP FENCES.] - -Buckle a surcingle around the horse’s body, then buckle a hame-strap, -making two turns with strap between the knee and fetlock on each -fore-leg; next buckle two hame-straps on each hind-leg, above and -below the gambol-joint, placing a ring, say one and one-half inches in -diameter, as seen in plate. Now place a strap or cord from the ring -on off hind-leg up through the surcingle, then attach it to the nigh -fore-leg; then another strap or cord from the nigh hind-leg to the off -fore-leg. Now when the horse, or other animal, starts to jump over a -fence the appliance will arrest his progress, for, as he throws his -fore-legs forward, at the same time it acts upon his hind legs, taking -them out from under him, and you will find him sitting up in the field -where you turned him out. After three or four lessons your horse will be -thoroughly educated not to jump a fence. - - -_FOR INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS._ - -First, bleed thoroughly; then give tinc. veratrum, ½ oz.; laudanum, 4 -oz.; tincture aconite, ¼ oz.; shake well, and give a teaspoonful every -three hours, in a pint of water, well sweetened, and, if the pulse is not -reduced in a short time, increase the dose to a tablespoonful, until the -fever abates. As soon as the horse recovers so as to eat and lie down -naturally, keep him on hay, with a few carrots or potatoes, and daily -give a bran-mash, with saltpetre, pulverized antimony and sulphur, for a -week or ten days, and you will prevent dropsy of the chest, which usually -follows this disease. - - -_A REMEDY TO CURE THE HEAVES._ - -One-half pint of turpentine, 2 oz. assafœtida, 2 oz. aloes, 4 oz. lobelia -seed, 1 quart of whisky, 2 oz. of sal ammoniac, 4 oz. saleratus, 1 oz. of -camphor. - -Dose, one tablespoonful once a day. - - -_TO EDUCATE A COW NOT TO KICK WHILE BEING MILKED._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A COW NOT TO KICK WHILE BEING MILKED.] - -Hitch the cow to a post, then make the Bonaparte bridle as follows: Make -a loop and put it on the lower jaw, carrying the end of the cord on the -off-side of the head and around over behind the horns, bringing it down -to the mouth on the nigh-side, through the loop. Now carry the cord -around the nigh hind-leg, to the off hind-leg and tie it just above the -gambol-joint. Then sit down to milk; now the moment the cow kicks, an -impression is made on her brain, and she soon learns that by kicking she -punishes herself, and rather than suffer the pain inflicted she yields -to the influence and says by her actions, “I will not kick again.” The -principle here is the obvious one that _no_ animal will persist in doing -that which causes suffering to itself, and the moment that it comes to -associate the idea of suffering with any action, it will make that action -distasteful. - - -_COLIC OR GRIPES._ - -_Symptoms._—Pawing, manifesting a desire to lie down, and, without doing -so, commence pawing again. As the symptoms increase, the animal cannot be -kept on his feet; he frequently falls as if shot; pulse not altered from -natural condition. Intervals of rest, together with the condition of the -pulse, distinguish the disease from inflammation of the bowels. - -Treat as follows: - -Frequent injections of soap and water, and give internally spirits of -nitre, 1 oz.; laudanum, 1 oz.; water, ½ pint; mix for drench. This may be -repeated in twenty minutes, if relief is not obtained. - -Another remedy, giving _instant_ relief: - -From 5 to 10 drops of chloroform, given on sugar, I have never known to -fail giving immediate relief. I have known men to be from home, and have -their horses taken with this disease, and use this remedy, and in thirty -minutes the horses were able to be driven. - - -_TO EDUCATE A COW TO LET HER MILK DOWN WHILE MILKING._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A COW TO LET HER MILK DOWN.] - -Much inconvenience, besides an actual loss of money, is experienced by -persons who own cows that are in the habit of withholding their milk. -Having spent fifteen years of my life in gathering knowledge of value -to the farmer, and to other owners of animals, I am unwilling that even -one valuable idea should be lost to the reader, and therefore I have, at -considerable expense, illustrated the above-named point, believing that -it will be of benefit to many persons. Although the method to be employed -is very simple, it will be found practical in its operation, while -success will be certain where the directions are followed: - -Take a common bag, put into it a bushel or a bushel and a half of grain, -or its equivalent in weight of sand, then place the bag across the back -of the animal, as indicated in the engraving and the result will be -shown in the milking. As an indication of the purpose of the cow to hold -up her milk you will always see her hump up her back, then, by applying -the remedy named, the habit will be speedily removed. - - -_PRACTICAL RESULT OF EDUCATING THE COW TO GIVE DOWN MILK._ - -[Illustration: PRACTICAL RESULT OF EDUCATING THE COW TO GIVE DOWN MILK.] - -Having directed the attention of the reader to the education of the cow -so as not to disappoint her owner in receiving the quota of milk he may -rightly expect, it is but natural that the eye should be gratified by -witnessing the result. For this purpose I have prepared this engraving, -in which is represented the bag and its contents upon the back of the -animal, in just the spot where it should be placed. The reader will -also perceive the impatient wife standing with milking pail and stool -in hand, waiting for the result, which becomes apparent in the freely -flowing milk, and one can almost imagine that he hears her saying to her -husband that it is scarcely necessary now to milk the cow, for the simple -method adopted has caused a spontaneous flow of milk, and nothing now is -needed but to set the pail under her and view with wonder and delight the -pleasing effect produced! - - -_A CURE FOR HEAVES, NEVER BEFORE PUBLISHED._ - -Take a common stone jar, fill it with eggs, cover them with cider -vinegar, and let it stand till the vinegar eats up the shells. Then stir -all together. Take a lump of lime about the size of a goose-egg, slack it -in hot water, using about one quart of water. Add one-half pint of the -lime-water to a quart of the egg mixture. Give a teacupful, at feeding -time, in feed, three times a day. - - -_TO CURE WORMS IN HORSES._ - -One dram white hellebore in powder, 1 dram sulphate of iron in powder, 1 -oz. flaxseed meal. - -The above for one dose, mixed with bran-mash, given at night. Repeat in -forty-eight hours, if the horse is old. Two doses are enough for the -worst case. - - -_TO EDUCATE CATTLE TO LEAD BEHIND A WAGON._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE CATTLE TO LEAD BEHIND A WAGON.] - -Make a rope halter and put it on the head of the animal you desire to -lead; then take a small rope, about twenty feet long, double it in the -center, placing it under the tail; cross it on the back, bringing the -ends down each side of the animals neck and then through the nose-piece -of the halter under the lower jaw, and tie the ends firmly to the end of -your wagon. - -If you wish to lead more than one, take another rope, twice the length of -the former one, double it in the center, placing it under the tail, cross -it on the back, bringing the ends down each side of the animal’s neck and -then through under the lower jaw. Now bring the ends, one on each side of -the forward cow, and carry the rope through the halter under the jaw and -tie it to the wagon. - -By adopting this plan no difficulty will be experienced in educating your -animals to lead, and when you drive home with your cattle following thus -they will be sure to arrive there at the same time as yourself. - - -_TO EDUCATE A TENDER-MOUTHED HORSE TO PULL ON THE BIT._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A TENDER-MOUTHED HORSE TO PULL ON THE BIT.] - -Many horses are very sensitive to a hurt in any part of the body, so much -so that they often grow frantic when severely punished, and it seems -to be the delight of some persons to inflict injury to a horse of this -temperament, sometimes with a view to make him rear or prance about, -believing it adds to the appearance of the animal, when the contrary -is the fact; a bad habit is almost sure to grow out of such treatment, -and then it may take some time to eradicate it. One of the evils often -presented is that the animal becomes tender-mouthed, and I have known -many cases where balking has been the result. Let me urge the reader -never to jerk sharply on the bit, except when educating or correcting a -habit, as heretofore directed. - -The only effectual method of treatment for a tender mouth is to use a -large straight bit, leave the check-rein quite loose, and drop the bit -low down in the mouth, as seen in engraving, which will slip up and down -and harden the mouth in a short time. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO BE AFRAID OF A BUFFALO ROBE._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE NOT TO BE AFRAID OF A BUFFALO ROBE.] - -The education of the horse being quite a new idea to many persons, it -therefore becomes necessary that, in my characteristic explanations, -I should make my ideas both plain and simple—so that even the most -unlettered may not become fogged while attempting to apply any -illustrated idea in my work. - -A Buffalo robe is an article in common use, and one at which very many -horses become frightened, proving a decided source of annoyance. Let not -the reader imagine that one lesson, as below indicated, is sufficient -to warrant success and thoroughly eradicate the habit. Much depends -upon the temperament of the animal; but, in most cases, three lessons -carefully imparted will accomplish the purpose. After you have given two -or three lessons do not tempt your horse by suddenly approaching him with -the robe, and when you do approach him, be sure you have the Bonaparte -bridle on him, that you may be able at once to control when the slightest -resistance is seen. - -_Directions._—If your animal is very nervous lay him down, as directed -in other places, fold the robe, hair side in, making it as small as -possible; let him smell of it, rub it gently over his nose, head and -body; punish if he resists—if not caress. When submission is apparent -allow him to rise to his feet; then, with your Bonaparte bridle, properly -adjusted, present the robe to him again. Bearing in mind the grand idea, -punish for disobedience and caress when he obeys. Carefully avoid all -unnecessary excitement while educating any animal, as it only tends to -benumb their senses and make them less susceptible of being taught. - - - - -INTELLIGENCE OF ANIMALS. - - -In discussing the intelligence of animals I am aware that many persons, -at the outset, would question the propriety of the term. Man has so long -arrogated the exclusive possession of mind, or at least of a mind capable -of rational reflection, that he is reluctant to concede the fact of its -possession by the lower orders of animate life. Those acts which, in the -brute creation, seem to proceed from the action of powers analagous to -human intelligence, it has been usual to ascribe to an irrational faculty -called instinct; a power invariable and despotic in its action, but in no -degree the result of reflection; some metaphysicians even going so far as -to assert that the action of animals is purely automatic, the difference -in this respect between them and the automaton moved by wires and springs -being that the former possesses a consciousness of their acts, while the -latter does not. Facts in myriads, exist which challenge the correctness -of such a theory, while in almost equal number they assert the existence, -at least in its embryonic state, of a mind capable of thought, and, to a -limited degree, of reflection and comparison, with the ability to deduce -conclusions from the facts which it considers. - -This intelligence varies greatly in the different animal races, in some -species being barely perceptible, while in others it is too conspicuous -to be ignored; and between individuals of the same species there exists -a difference so marked that, in the more favored ones which come under -our observation, the intelligence is so clear as to almost startle us by -the feeling that behind the full, liquid eye of the horse, or prompting -the fixed gaze bent on us by our trusty canine companion, there may be -a mind kindred to our own and which lacks only the power of articulate -expression to respond to our thoughts by answering sentiments. It is the -absence of the power of speech in animals which leaves us in doubt as to -the exact degree of intelligence possessed by them. If, when the farmer -says, “Carlo! the cows are in the corn—turn them out!” the dog should -turn his head and reply, “Yes, sir, I’ll have them out in a moment!” -there could be no doubt of the intelligent interchange of thought. But -the fact of his _doing_ that which in the supposed case he would express, -proves as conclusively his comprehension of the command and his purpose -to obey. The horse or dog, however fully he may understand the directions -he receives, can give no other response than by his acts, and to words -of praise or censure he can reply only by signs; these are clearly -understood by us and show that our meaning is comprehended by the animal, -thus proving a real interchange of thought. A popular author has said: “A -dog may bark, a horse may neigh, but it is not by these sounds that they -express the delicate shades of ever-varying emotion; it is by a thousand -varieties of gesture which few indeed of us can analyze but which all -clearly understand. A dog converses with his master by means of his eyes -and his ears and his tail, nay rather by every muscle of his body.” - -To test the existence and extent of intelligence we must determine the -capacity for comprehending thought. We recognize this capacity in a -child long before it can express itself in language. Its dawn is seen as -the infant learns to associate certain articulate sounds with certain -persons, acts, or things, and to distinguish the meaning of tones which -encourage, restrain or chide it. It is only after a twelve-month or more -of constant tuition, lovingly and intelligently given, that our children -begin to express in language the thoughts which are awakened by our -words and acts, yet the comprehension is as evident and the response as -apparent, the whole mental process being as perfect, long before. The -same test which proves the intelligence of the child demonstrates its -existence in animals there is a similar power of comprehending the wishes -expressed, by associating certain articulate sounds with certain acts -required, as well as an equal recognition of the tones of voice by which -approval, reproof or anger are made known; but, lacking the organs of -speech, they are debarred, and forever must be, from any except the most -limited _interchange_ of thought. For this reason, attentive study is -needed in ascertaining the extent to which they comprehend and respond to -the intelligence which addresses them. - -In the case of wild or undomesticated animals there is little opportunity -for investigating this interesting subject. We see the beaver build his -dam, and we understand the object so admirably attained by his work. We -know that the elephant, to be taken in the pitfall, must see on the earth -that covers it the foot-prints of one of his fellows, and we surmise the -process of reasoning by which he concludes that he is safe in venturing -where another of his kind has trodden. We learn that the ostrich which -in torrid regions trusts to the heat of the sand for the incubation of -her eggs, will in a more temperate latitude supply the heat which would -else be lacking by setting on her eggs during the cooler nights; but -in none of these, nor in a score of other cases, in which there seems -a rational foresight, can we determine how far the acts result from -intelligent reflection. In domesticated animals, and especially in such -as are trained for the service of man, the action of intelligence may be -clearly traced; it is demonstrated by the ease and certainty with which -they can be educated; it is seen in the readiness with which many receive -and act upon ideas communicated to them; and in a multitude of instances -the mental process is evident by which they have, independently, -reached conclusions rationally deduced from facts of their previous -knowledge. Mr. J. Hope relates a circumstance of a terrier who had been -temporarily left by his master in the care of a Mrs. Langford at St. -Albans. This lady owned a large house-dog which, disliking the presence -of the stranger, quarreled with him, biting and severely wounding him, -after which the terrier disappeared; but in a few days he returned -again, accompanied by a powerful mastiff, when both together fell upon -the original assailant, whom they nearly killed. The mastiff was the -watch-dog at his master’s house, more than a day’s journey distant, and -had been brought by the terrier for the sole purpose of avenging the -injury he had received, after which they left in company and proceeded -together to their home. Here was displayed a power of combining ideas and -of communicating them to one of his own kind, when the two acted on the -plan they had preconcerted. - -In a work just issued, an anecdote is related of a dog who had lost his -master and afterwards became old and blind, passing his time sadly in -the same corner, which he rarely quitted. “One day came a step like that -of his lost master, and he suddenly left his place. The man who had just -entered wore ribbed stockings as his master had done. The old dog had -lost his scent and referred at once to the stockings that he remembered, -rubbing his face against them. Believing that his master had returned, he -gave way to the most extravagant delight. The man spoke; the momentary -illusion was dispelled, the dog went sadly back to his place, lay wearily -down, and died.” Here was a double process of reasoning and even a -balancing of testimony with a decision that the negative evidence of -the strange voice outweighed the affirmative proof in the step and the -stockings. - -Much evidence favors the belief that animals not only become familiar -with the words habitually addressed to them, but that they, to a certain -extent, understand our language. A dog, belonging to a friend of the -writer, would slink from the room with every indication of shame if -a fault of which he had been guilty was spoken of in his presence. -The author of “Chapters on Animals” describes a dog in his possession -which clearly distinguishes between those visitors at the house who are -favorites with his master and those whom he dislikes, and adds: “I know -not how he discovers these differences in my feelings, except it be by -overhearing remarks when the guests are gone.” - -The elephant, though one of the clumsiest of animals, exhibits marks of -high intelligence, and evidently understands the language in which he is -addressed. He can be stimulated to unusual exertions by the promise of -a reward. “I have seen,” says a French writer, “two occupied in beating -down a wall which their keepers had desired them to do and encouraged -them by a promise of fruits and brandy.” They were left alone and -continued at the work, stimulated by the promised reward, until it was -accomplished. “When a reward is promised to an elephant,” says the same -author, “it is dangerous to disappoint him, as he never fails to revenge -the insult.” Nothing of this could occur without an understanding of the -language. - -In India they were formerly employed to launch vessels, and it is related -that one being directed to force a large ship into the water, the task -proved beyond his strength; whereupon his master, in a sarcastic tone, -ordered the keeper to take away this lazy beast and bring another; the -poor animal, as if stung by emulation, instantly repeated his efforts, -fractured his skull and died on the spot. - -It may be said that the tones of the voice rather than the words are what -the animal understands, yet a dog knows his name however spoken, and a -horse understands a whole vocabulary of orders. But the intelligence -which comprehends the meaning of a tone, is not less than that required -to understand a word or sentence. Mr. Hamerton, the artist, widely known -as a lover of animals, mentions a favorite dog which met an untimely -death by drowning, and in his lament over his lost pet, says: “He was a -dog of rare gifts, exceptionally intelligent, who would obey a look where -another needed an order. He would sit studying his master’s face and had -become from careful observation so acute a physiognomist that he read -whatever thoughts of mine had any concern for him.” - -The shrewd intelligence of our countrymen is nowhere more clearly seen -than in the keen bargains the New Englander is famous for driving. But -our domestic animals make bargains with us and sometimes resolutely -keep us to them. On this point a pleasant writer relates an anecdote -of a favorite mare who was so difficult to catch in the pasture as to -often require six men to effect it; “but,” says he, “I carried corn to -her for a long time, without trying to take her, leaving the corn on -the ground. Next, I induced her to eat the corn while I held it, still -leaving her free. Finally I persuaded her to follow me, and now she will -come trotting half a mile at my whistle, leaping ditches, fording brooks, -in the darkness and rain, or in impenetrable fog. She follows me like a -dog to the stable and I administer the corn there. But it is a bargain; -she knowingly sells her liberty for the corn. The experiment of reducing -the reward to test her behavior having been tried, she ceased to obey -the whistle and resumed her former habits; but the full and due quantity -having been restored, she yielded her liberty again without resistance, -and since then she is not to be cheated.” - -A horse which is regularly used for attending church, will, from its own -observation, learn to recognize the Sabbath and understand the meaning of -the church bells. Two interesting illustrations of this fact I give on -the authority of a recent number of the Hartford _Post_: - - A pair of horses that had been used during the week in - team-work to Springfield, on Sunday were harnessed and driven - to the door unhitched, and, the family being rather tardy that - morning, as soon as the second bell began to ring the horses - started off alone, and with their usual Sunday motion went up - in front of the church, when, after waiting the usual time, - they quietly went around under the horse-shed. - -Here the horses plainly understood the distinction between that day and -the six previous ones when they had been driven to Springfield, else they -would have gone, after starting, to where they had been going through the -week; they also evidently understood that at the ringing of the second -bell it was time to start for church. The gentleman who communicated the -foregoing adds an instance which occurred in his own family: - - The father of the writer, owing to increasing infirmities, - rode alone to meeting, half a mile, driving an old gray mare - twenty years old, and had not failed of going every Sabbath - for some years. On one occasion, owing to a fall, he could not - go to meeting, and on Sunday morning, as the time for meeting - approached, the horse, in a lot near the house, manifested - great uneasiness, and when the second bell struck she leaped - over the fence and trotted quietly to church, stopping at her - usual hitching-place, under an old elm tree, until the close of - the service, when the faithful animal returned safely to the - house. - -When we remember that such exhibitions of intelligence occur continually -where the animals have received no training on the subjects to which they -relate, it seems certain that they are the result of a mental process -which strongly resembles thought, and we would expect, from patient -culture, displays of intelligence greatly in advance of those ordinarily -taking place. Such an expectation is justified by the results which -have followed training when directed to this end. In a paper entitled -“Canine Guests,” Philip Gilbert Hamerton gives an account of the trained -dogs of M. du Rouil which, but for the unimpeachable veracity of the -writer, would be almost incredible. M. du Rouil began to educate his -first dog out of curiosity to see the effect of the sort of education -which seemed to him best adapted for establishing a close understanding -between the human and canine minds; the results astonished himself and -were so gratifying that he subsequently educated two others on the same -principles. Two of these dogs, “Blanche” and “Lyda,” with their master, -were guests of Mr. Hamerton, and the intelligence they exhibited, and -which he describes, is, by his own admission, “incredible,” yet may be -so only because of our ignorance of the nature and extent of the mental -powers belonging to the animal creation. Among the many feats performed -by them were the spelling of words by lettered cards; the correction -of words purposely misspelled; the working out of simple problems in -arithmetic and the playing of cards and dominoes. Of the latter, Mr. -Hamerton says: “Both the dogs played a game at dominoes. This was managed -as follows: the dogs sat on chairs opposite each other, and took up the -domino that was wanted; but the master placed it in its position and -kept announcing the state of the game. Their distress when they could -not go on without drawing from the bank was announced in piteous whines, -and amused us all exceedingly. Lyda was the loser, and precipitately -retreated to hide herself with an evident consciousness of defeat.” - -An incident occurred in the course of the evening which showed some -understanding of language. A little girl wanted Blanche to come to her, -but the dog kept away, on which M. du Rouil said, “Blanche, go salute -the little girl!” She immediately went up to the child and made a formal -obeisance. - -The owner of Blanche stated that he was going home one night accompanied -by the dog and on his way saw a man who was searching for some object -that he had lost. “What are you seeking?” he asked. The man answered -that he had lost 280 francs. “Possibly my dog may be able to find them -for you; have you any money left? If you have, show her a piece of gold.” -It was done and the dog directed to search. She at once set out and soon -returned, bringing first one piece of gold, then another, and then a -bank-note, till the whole sum that had been lost was regained. - -M. du Rouil said that Blanche really knew all the letters and the -playing-cards by their names, and Lyda really knew all the figures. In -addition to this Blanche had studied about one hundred and fifty words in -different languages, something like twenty in each language. So it was -with Lyda and the figures. She knew each one by its name, and would bring -the one called for. In describing the earlier stages of training through -which these dogs had passed, their owner said the first thing was to make -the dog fetch an object, the next to make him discriminate between one of -two very different objects placed together, and bring one or the other -as it was mentioned by its name. In beginning the alphabet he put two -most dissimilar letters side by side to begin with, such as an O and an -I, avoiding the confusion of similar ones, such as O and Q or B and R. -Gradually the dog became observant enough to discriminate between letters -in which the difference was not so marked. M. du Rouil said he had found -the greatest difficulty in teaching Blanche to distinguish between the -knaves and kings in playing-cards, but that she learned the aces very -promptly. When he was asked what, after his ten years’ experience, -was his opinion of the intelligence of dogs, he answered, with great -emphasis, “that it is infinite.” - -In subsequent pages I shall set forth my method of educating both dogs -and horses to perform a variety of feats, which will be described, and -from the ideas thus imparted the reader may multiply the number of tricks -to any desired amount. - - -_FERREN’S PATENTED STEEL HORSESHOE._ - -[Illustration: HOOF EXPANDING HORSE SHOE FOR CONTRACTED FEET & CORNS - -Ground surface of shoe. - -The hoof prepared for the shoe.] - -One of the most valuable patents for Horseshoes was granted to H. B. -Ferren, of Batavia, N. Y., for a Steel Horseshoe, which promises to come -into general use, and will, to a very large extent, supersede an Iron -Shoe, whether made by a machine or by hand, _because its form is the -best, the material is durable_, and the manner of making is such as to -secure economy, and its adoption will prevent many of the prevalent cruel -malpractices upon a horse’s foot. - - - - -TRICK HORSES. - - -Many horses are susceptible of an education far more extensive than -is necessary for ordinary use, and for the benefit of such persons -as may desire to teach their horses something more than the usual -accomplishments, whether for their own amusement, or for the purpose of -seeing how far the intelligence of the animal can be developed, I have -prepared a description of a variety of tricks, which, as performed by my -horses, have been received with universal applause, both in Canada and -in the United States; to simplify which, I have, at considerable cost, -procured plates, illustrating each of the tricks. But that no person may -be misled into supposing that this forms a part of my general system -of educating the horse, I deem it proper to present these directions -separately. - -Though the tricks to be hereafter illustrated and explained will add -nothing of intrinsic value to the horse, nor of real benefit to his -owner, yet the reader will readily see in them the demonstration of a -highly important fact, viz., that horses can be taught the meaning of -words, and to yield obedience to sounds to such an extent as to convince -a candid mind that their intelligence is far in advance of that generally -attributed to them. With these remarks I will proceed to explain the -_modus operandi_, as I call attention to a variety of tricks they may -easily be taught to perform. Before passing to this, let me impress on -the reader some leading principles in educating the horse. First, never -allow yourself to get in a hurry; impatience or excitement on your part -will go far in defeating the object of your instructions. Second, do not -prolong your lessons beyond twenty minutes at one time; and, especially, -never use severity beyond that which may be absolutely necessary. Thus by -kindness and patience in repeating your lessons at short intervals, you -will surmount every difficulty and accomplish your purpose in a manner -satisfactory to yourself. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO MOUNT A PEDESTAL._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO MOUNT A PEDESTAL.] - -First make the Bonaparte bridle, and place it on your horse, then lead -him quietly up to the pedestal, and say to him, “Get up with your -fore-feet!” of course he will not obey; now you must teach him your -meaning. While you hold the bridle let some one take hold of his front -foot, raise it carefully and place it on the pedestal; then caress him, -after which say, “Get down!” at the same time using your bridle in gently -backing him. When he puts his foot down do not omit to caress him. Repeat -this until he will obey when spoken to, then go through the same process -with the other foot. After this, place both feet on the pedestal; then -require him to get down, then up and down till he will obey you without -the use of the bridle. Great care should be taken not to excite the horse -while educating him, for when excited his brain becomes muddled, and he -is unfitted for retaining your instruction. - -To make your horse stand on three legs: take a pin, and place it in the -end of your whipstock, and with the point prick him slightly on the leg, -in front, just below the fetlock joint, but not hard enough to make him -kick; repeat this several times accompanied by the words, “hold up your -foot!” continuing to repeat the punishment and words until he will obey -the command without punishment. - - -_HOW TO MAKE A HORSE WALTZ._ - -Tie his head to his side by means of a surcingle and cord, fastening the -cord at the side, reaching from the mouth; touch him lightly with the -whip. He has to go, and, of course, he must go around and around. He soon -learns perfectly to waltz by the motion of the whip, the teacher still -repeating the word “waltz.” - - -_TO EDUCATE THE HORSE TO WALK ON HIS HIND FEET._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO WALK ON HIS HIND FEET.] - -Make the Bonaparte bridle, and put it on your horse; also put on a -bitting rig, similar to the one shown in the engraving, drawing his head -pretty well up and in. Now stand near his head with bridle in hand, and -jerk upward, as though you desired to lift him up, at the same time -repeating the words, “stand up on your hind feet!” repeat this several -times, and if he does not make a move to please you, take hold of one -leg, raising him up with one hand and using the bridle with the other, as -before directed, not forgetting to caress him if he makes the slightest -move in the direction of obedience. In order to ensure success, kindness -and patience should be the ruling principles. After you have taught -your horse to stand on his hind feet you will next educate him to walk -upright. This can be easily done by observing the following directions. -Stand in front of him, whip in hand, saying, “Get up!” then shake the -whip in front of him, stepping backwards slowly, at the same time say to -him, “Come here!” repeating it sharply and touching him gently with the -whip on the knees. By carefully observing the above directions, you will -quickly teach your horse to stand upright, and to walk on his hind feet. - - -_HOW TO MAKE A HORSE SAY “NO.”_ - -Prick him on the neck at the terminus of the mane till he shakes his -head, then remove the pin, caress him, repeat for a while, and your -horse will soon shake his head when you raise your hand to your heart; -be always sure to treat the animal kindly for well-doing, and caress -him when he deserves it, and he will repay you by his love for you and -willingness to do your bidding. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO PUSH A VEHICLE._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO PUSH A VEHICLE.] - -After your horse has been taught to mount a pedestal with his fore-feet, -and to stand and walk upright on his hind-feet it is a comparatively easy -task to educate him to mount upon a vehicle and push it. It is not at all -necessary that a horse should be attached to it in front, as appears in -the illustration, where the engraver has placed a representation of my -black horse, Prince Albert, as a matter of taste, not as being necessary -in conducting the instruction. - -In this trick it will be scarcely necessary for the educator to put the -Bonaparte bridle on his horse unless he should show some stubbornness, -but, with bitting rig on, stand near his head, whip in hand, and say to -him in rather a loud and sharp tone of voice, “Get up!” Some fear on his -part may be manifested, still do not give up nor lose your patience, but -lift his feet up and caress him. When he does get up do not at first -allow the vehicle to move, nor until he has mounted two or three times, -then say to him, “Push!” and in a short time you will have taught him not -only to get up on the vehicle but to push it in front of him. After your -horse has been thoroughly taught, you will discover that he is delighted -to amuse you, and he will appear pleased to participate in the enjoyment -of the trick. - - -_HOW TO MAKE A HORSE GO LAME._ - -Tap him on the fore-leg till he holds it up, then caress him kindly; lead -him with the left hand to the bit, and tap the left fore-leg with a stick -in your right hand; repeat the word “lame, lame, lame,” and your horse -will soon learn to hold up one leg at the command. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO BE VICIOUS._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO BE VICIOUS.] - -Many persons are incredulous in regard to the assertion that horses can -be educated; had one lived a hundred years ago he might have been excused -for such incredulity, but in this age of knowledge and advancement in all -departments of human life, no man should close his eyes to any of the -developments wrought by man’s ingenuity. That the horse possesses more -intelligence than many are disposed to admit, facts abundantly prove, and -that he is quite as susceptible of acquiring evil and vicious habits as -is man, the following trick will show. - -My horse, Prince Albert, appears to enjoy the subjoined trick greatly, -and I regard it as quite a sensational one. To educate a horse to be -vicious you have only to attract his attention, and then appear to be -afraid of him. For instance, strike him lightly with a whip on the -knees, then run away from him, and after you have repeated this a few -times he will run after you. You may make the trick more interesting by -calling him names, such as “a nigger,” “a mean horse,” and on speaking -the words run from him. But be careful to have some place of safety, so -that, when he follows, you may get out of his reach, as at some time he -may disappoint and overtake you and mete out a punishment that will be -anything but pleasing or desirable. - - -_HOW TO TEACH A HORSE TO LAUGH._ - -Prick him with a pin on the nose till he turns his lip up; then caress -him well. He will soon learn that when you point towards him and say, -“Laugh,” that it means a prick in the nose, if he does not turn his lip -up. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO WALK ON HIS KNEES._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO WALK ON HIS KNEES.] - -The reader will observe, by reading my book, that great use is made of -the Bonaparte bridle, and if those who handle horses will always resort -to it when obedience from the horse is desired, they will save much time, -trouble and annoyance that so often occur, especially to persons who -quickly loose their tempers. Men can accomplish more in fifteen minutes -using the bridle than in fifteen hours with any other means, as it does -not inflict a severe punishment when properly used, but never fails to -secure obedience. Therefore, as in most cases it is used, I, in the -present, introduce it again. - -Put a surcingle on the horse, attach a strap to his nigh fore-foot -between the fetlock joint and hoof and draw it up to within eight or ten -inches of his body, then take a strap or cord, say 6 or 7 feet long, -and fasten it to his off fore-leg in the same manner and secure the -services of some person to assist you, directing him to stand on the -off-side, and, when directed, to pull up his foot. Place on the horse -the Bonaparte bridle, and take your position in front of him with bridle -in hand, requesting assistant to pull, when your horse will come down on -his knees, now pull on your bridle and say, “Come here,” when he will -soon obey you. Do not make your lessons long, but repeat them often; not -forgetting to caress him if he should make the slightest move towards you. - -Never attempt to teach a horse this trick with shoes on his hind-feet, as -he might cut himself, which would cause him to dread a second effort. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO DRIVE A BOY OFF THE PEDESTAL._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO DRIVE A BOY OFF THE PEDESTAL.] - -It will be necessary to first educate the horse to mount the pedestal. -Instructions to do this may be found elsewhere; then proceed in the -following manner to educate to the above trick. Put on the Bonaparte -bridle, using a cord, say twenty feet long, and send your horse away from -you with a whip, the length of the cord, then give him a slight pull, and -say, “Come here;” then run from him and mount the pedestal yourself; when -he approaches he will try to mount, and as he does so you jump off. After -you have thus exercised him a few times get a boy to assist you. Let the -boy stand on the pedestal, and say to your horse, “Come here and mount -up;” instruct the boy to leave so soon as the animal shall mount. - -You will find this trick quite a sensational one, and not difficult to -learn your horse. - - -_TO SHAKE HANDS._ - -This is easily accomplished by tying a short strap or piece of cord to -the forward foot below the fetlock; then stand directly in front of the -horse, and hold the end of the strap in your hand, and say, “Shake hands, -sir.” After which pull immediately upon the strap, which will bring his -foot forward, and which you are to accept as shaking hands; then, of -course, you must caress and feed him, and keep him repeating, until, when -you make the demand, he will bring the foot forward in anticipation of -having it pulled up. - - -_HOW TO MAKE A HORSE BOW._ - -Prick him in the breast with a pin, till he throws his head down and up -the least bit; then take the pin away, and caress him kindly; repeat for -a few times, until when you stand back and attract his attention, he will -nod his head, expecting a prick in the breast. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO SIT DOWN._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO SIT DOWN.] - -Horses differ very much in their capacity for being taught therefore, if -you desire a pleasing subject, select one that is tractable. Directions: -Make the Bonaparte bridle, and place it on your horse, so that you may -have him under proper control, then put on him a common hame collar; now -take two pole-straps and place one on each hind-leg, below the fetlock -joint, and attach a cord, say twelve feet long, to each strap, carry your -cord up through the collar on each side and bring the ends behind him, -holding also the end of the Bonaparte bridle in your hand, and commence -to pull on your cords; now repeat over the words, “sit down;” as he goes -backwards draw up still more on your cords, until he shall sit down. Do -not allow him to remain in this sitting posture more than a minute the -first lesson. Repeat this two or three times a day for five or six days, -and you, with the assistance of a whip pointed downwards to the ground, -will witness the pleasing effect of your instruction by seeing your horse -sit down at the word of command. - - -_TO CURE THE SCRATCHES IN THE SHORTEST TIME EVER KNOWN._ - -Use two tablespoonfuls of lard, and one tablespoonful of slacked lime; -brush out the dirt and dust from the foot; _use no water_. Apply the -salve, well mixed, twice each day. It will cure the worst cases in 4 to 6 -days. - -Another remedy: - -Hydrate of potassa, 10 grains; pulverized nut-galls, ½ oz.; white lead, -pulverized opium, each ¼ oz.; lard, ¼ lb. Wash with soap-suds, rub dry, -and apply the mixture night and morning. Give purging ball. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO BORE FOR OIL._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO BORE FOR OIL.] - -Place on your horse the Camanche bridle, and educate him to the words, -“Come here,” so that he will mind you readily on hearing the words; by -this you can better control him while educating to the trick in question. -Some difficulty may at first be experienced, but by patience and -perseverance you will not fail. - -Take an ordinary pole-strap and place it on your horse below the fetlock -joint on the off fore-foot; now take one loose turn round the nigh -fore-foot, and take the end of the strap in one hand, with the other hand -pull gently on the bridle, using the words as instructed. Your animal -will attempt to obey, but will find himself somewhat hampered, yet he -will quickly learn. If he should at first move a foot to please you, -say “Whoa,” and then caress. Make your lesson short, and do not try to -force him too much, for if you do he will become excited and resist your -effort. - - -_HOW TO MAKE A HORSE WALK UP._ - -First put a rope around his neck, bring it down through his mouth, back -through the loop on the neck, jerk him till he raises his fore-feet -the least bit, then stop and caress him; then check him up tight to a -surcingle—from the bit to the side-ring is the better way; then jerk on -the cord, and he will soon get up erect; repeat, still caressing him -well for all he does; he will soon get up at the motion of the whip. You -should, when practicing him, repeat the words, “get up, sir!” It is in -this manner I taught Tom Thumb to go up and down stairs, and to perform -on the stage in different places, affording amusement to thousands of -witnesses. - - -_A SURE METHOD OF MAKING A HORSE BAD TO CATCH._ - -[Illustration: A SURE METHOD OF MAKING A HORSE BAD TO CATCH.] - -Two or three pages might be written upon this subject, and profitably -read by owners of horses. Young men and boys are largely addicted to the -habit of riding or leading the horse up to the bars or fence, and, some -being too lazy to let down the rails properly, compelling him to jump -over, and if he resists, the first effort is to hit him with the bridle -or halter, and away the animal goes almost frantic with fear. To another -class it proves an amusement, certainly arising from a depraved nature, -as they like to see the animal jump; and to enjoy their sport they hurry -him over regardless of consequences—not thinking they are laying the -foundation of a very bad habit in the horse—that of being bad to catch -in the field. Let those who have been guilty in the past, after reading -this paragraph over, desist from pursuing such a course of conduct -toward horses, and ere long the time will come when there will be no need -to apply the remedy—elsewhere found—to educate the horse that is bad to -catch in the field. - - -_HIDE BOUND._ - -This condition of the skin is usually produced by any derangement of -system. Medicine of an alterative character is here indicated. The most -successful remedy is sulphur, pulverized, 8 oz.; nitrate of potassa, -pulverized, 3 oz.; black antimony, pulverized, 2 oz.; sulphate of iron, 4 -oz. Mix well together, and give one tablespoonful twice a day. - -Another good remedy: - -Take saltpetre, 4 oz.; crude antimony, 1 oz.; sulphur, 2 oz. Both the -saltpetre and antimony should be finely pulverized, then add the sulphur, -and mix well together. Dose: tablespoonful of the mixture in bran-mash -daily. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO TAKE A HANDKERCHIEF FROM HIS SIDE._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO TAKE A HANDKERCHIEF FROM HIS SIDE.] - -The reader must understand that it is necessary first to educate your -animal to obey the words “come here” and “whoa,” before he can be taught -tricks successfully. - -There must be great caution used in teaching the above trick. First -stand on the nigh-side and prick the animal lightly on the shoulder; he -will reach round and bite near where the punishment is inflicted. After -you have repeated this a few times, hold a handkerchief in hand with -the pin and he will soon catch hold of it with his teeth; as you use -the pin, say “Take it from the nigh-side.” Next prick him with a pin on -the off-shoulder, handkerchief accompanying, and say “Take it from the -off-side.” When you have given him five or six lessons, you may hold the -handkerchief on his side and touch him with your finger, repeating the -words above directed. The instructor must be cautious when using the pin -in educating, not to provoke so as to make the animal cross. - - -_DISTEMPER._ - -All catarrhal affections are classed by horse owners under the head of -distemper. Common catarrh, epidemic catarrh, laryngitis, bronchitis, -and all other diseases accompanied by nasal discharges, are regarded by -horsemen as one and the same. - -The following remedy is to cure distemper in its simple form, as we find -it in colts soon after the disease commences. If there is swelling under -the jaws, poultice the throat with flaxseed meal, or bread and milk. -Apply mustard and vinegar, and give internally one of the following -powders in feed: pulverized gentian, 2 ounces; sulph. copper, 1 oz.; -pulverized ginger, 6 drams; mix, and divide into 8 powders. - - -_TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO KISS A BOY._ - -[Illustration: TO EDUCATE A HORSE TO KISS A BOY.] - -This kind of education is not particularly beneficial to the horse owner, -but it illustrates clearly the idea foreshadowed in many parts of my -work: first, that the horse may be taught almost anything that is in his -power to do; second, that if you go rightly to work you may so gain his -confidence that he will cheerfully obey every reasonable command. - -_Direction._—Take a piece of apple, place it in your mouth and say to -your horse, “Kiss me.” He will approach you to take it; when he does -so caress him. After repeating this a few times, when you approach him -extend your mouth towards his and repeat the words “kiss me.” If he does -not respond, place a piece of apple in your mouth as before, and repeat -it until he shall obey without the use of the apple. - - -_BONE SPAVIN._ - -One-half pound of blood root; 1 quart of alcohol; 2 oz. tannin; ¼ lb. -alum. Mix and let stand. Shaking several times a day till the strength is -all in the alcohol, and bathe the spavin twice a day, rubbing with the -hand. - - -_FOR WINDGALLS._ - -Olive oil, 2 oz.; nitric acid, ¼ oz. Rub as much in every day, or every -second or third day, as will bear without starting the hair. - - -_FOR INFLAMED SWELLINGS OR LAMED SHOULDERS._ - -Equal parts oil amber, oil spike, gum camphor, and ether. Should be -shaken well before using, and well rubbed in with the hand. - - - - -EDUCATING DOGS. - -[Illustration: EDUCATING DOGS.] - - -_TO ROLL A BARREL._ - -Place, on the dog the Bonaparte bridle so that you may control him; then -put his fore-feet upon the barrel, standing in front of him with a piece -of meat extended towards him, and say, “Roll the barrel;” pull gently on -the cord, and if he should start the barrel don’t fail to caress him. -With two dogs, put one on the top of the barrel, and they will quickly -learn to roll it without being enticed by meat. - - -_TO FIRE A GUN._ - -Drill a hole in the back of a common chair; attach a piece of iron at the -lower part of the pistol, and place it in the chair as illustrated; tie a -string with a knot in the end, to the trigger; let it run through a ring -in the butt of the pistol, then tie a piece of meat to the end of the -string; now the dog will try to get the meat; in doing so he will fire it -off. Load the pistol with blank cartridges. A few lessons will educate -the animal so that at the order, “Make ready—present—fire!” he will obey. -Place his mate in front of the pistol in a sitting posture and stand -near him, and when the report is heard, teach him to lie down, which -you can easily do by at first pressing him down with your hand until he -will mind the word “dead.” Dogs are remarkably fond of being caressed, -and the reader should not neglect this important accompaniment to his -instructions. - -[Illustration: EDUCATION OF DOGS—CONTINUED] - - -_TO PASS BETWEEN YOUR LEGS._ - -Hold meat in your hand and pass it from one hand to the other between -your legs. Occasionally give the animal a small piece; you will thus -induce him after a little to obey the command “Pass through,” motioning -in the direction with your hand. - - -_TO JUMP THROUGH A HOOP._ - -At the first lesson procure a barrel hoop and elevate it, say six inches -from the ground, holding it in your hand, and with the other hold out -a piece of meat a short distance from the hoop, and say to your dog, -“Jump.” He will go for the meat; increase the height of the hoop a little -each time, and you will soon have taught him so that you may not only -reduce the hoop in size, but he will obey you without the use of meat. - - -_TO STAND ON CHAIRS._ - -Place two chairs back to back; then separate the chairs, say one foot -apart, and decoy your dog to mount on one chair; then hold a piece of -meat in your hand elevated above the chairs, and it will attempt to climb -for the meat; repeat this process a few times, and soon you will educate -the animal to rest its feet on the back of each chair; after which -you may increase the distance until you distend the body, as seen in -engraving, in accordance with your wishes. Continue until it will readily -obey you without the use of meat; often caress the animal, as by this -means you increase confidence and secure obedience. - - - - -MISCELLANEOUS. - - -_FOR CURING COLIC IN HORSES._ - -[Illustration: EFFECTUAL REMEDY FOR COLIC.] - -_Symptoms._—Pawing, manifesting a desire to be down, and, without doing -so, commence pawing again. As the symptoms increase the animal cannot be -kept on his feet; he frequently falls as if shot; pulse not altered from -natural condition. Intervals of rest, together with the condition of the -pulse, distinguish the disease from inflammation of the bowels. Treat as -follows: - -Take a piece of woolen cloth, about one foot square, or its equivalent -in pieces, saturate the cloth thoroughly with mutton or beef tallow, -using from a quarter to a half pound, then roll up the cloth and it is -ready for use; next place a blanket over the head of the horse, as seen -in engraving; then set fire to the cloth, holding it under the horses -head with a shovel, and allowing him to inhale the smoke. Care should be -used so as not to strangle the horse. By strictly following the foregoing -treatment the efficacy of this remedy will be shown, as the animal will -be relieved in from fifteen to twenty minutes. - -Another remedy is: - -Frequent injections of soap and water; and give internally, spirits of -nitre, 10 drams; laudanum, 10 drams; water, ½ pint. Mix for drench. This -may be repeated in twenty minutes, if relief is not obtained. - -Another remedy, giving _instant_ relief: - -From 45 to 50 drops of chloroform, given on sugar, I have never known to -fail giving immediate relief. - -I have known men to be from home, and have their horses taken with this -disease, and use this remedy, and in thirty minutes the horses were able -to be driven. - - -_THE ONLY SAFE AND PRACTICAL WAY TO GIVE A HORSE MEDICINE._ - -[Illustration: THE ONLY PRACTICAL AND SAFE WAY TO GIVE MEDICINE.] - -Much difficulty is experienced in giving medicine to a horse, but those -who view and comprehend the foregoing illustration will see how easily -all difficulty may be removed. In administering the medicine while the -animal is standing, there is a constant liability to annoyance from the -danger of strangling, by holding the head too high, or of spilling the -medicine, in which cases the owner is foiled and the horse is left to -suffer. The idea as illustrated, of which I claim to be the originator, -though simple in itself is of great importance. - -_Directions._—If your horse is standing, use the directions previously -given to throw him; when down, turn his mouth upward and pull a little -on the cord used in throwing him, when he will open his mouth, and you -can give the medicine with a spoon without risk of spilling it; always -observing care not to allow it to enter the nostrils, by which a horse -may easily be strangled. Any person following these directions, will soon -appreciate the value of the method described. - - -_SPAVIN._ - -This being a valuable recipe, it is worth money to any man dealing in -horses. - -Euphorbium, 5 oz.; cantharides, fine, 2 oz., iodine, 1 oz., dissolved in -alcohol; red precipitate, ½ oz.; corrosive sublimate, 2 oz.; quicksilver, -½ oz.; hog’s lard, 6 oz.; white turpentine, 6 oz.; verdigris, ¼ lb. Melt -the lard and turpentine together, then, while hot, add the others, except -the quicksilver, which must be stirred in as it becomes cold. Mix well. -When cold it is fit for use. Rub it in well on the spavin every day for -three days, then wash clean with soap-suds, and omit for three days; then -repeat for three days, and so continue until a perfect cure is effected. -Should it blister, use more cautiously. - - -_TO TELL A HORSE’S AGE._ - -There is only one sure way of telling the age of a horse, and that is -by an examination of his teeth, and that only extends to a certain age, -although an experienced horseman can guess very nearly for some time -after that period. There are six teeth in the front part of a horse’s -mouth, above and below, called the gatherers, from which we may judge of -his age. When a colt is foaled, he generally has no teeth in the front -part of his mouth. In a few days, two come in the upper jaw, and two -below; and again, after a few days, four more appear, but the corner -teeth do not make their appearance until he is four or five months old; -these twelve teeth remain unchanged in the front of the colt’s mouth -until he is about two years old, when he sheds the two center nippers. - -At three years old, a colt sheds the adjoining teeth. At four years old, -the under or corner teeth. At five years old, the bridle tooth makes its -appearance. At six years old, the cups leave the two center teeth below. -At seven years old, the cups leave the adjoining teeth. At eight years -old, the cups leave the outer or corner teeth. At nine years old, the -cups leave the two center nippers, above. At ten years old, the cups -leave the adjoining teeth. At eleven years old, the cups leave the corner -upper teeth. At twelve years, or past, the groove on inside of the bridle -tooth disappears in a horse. Mares very seldom have them. - - -_NEW METHOD TO TELL THE AGE._ - -(See engraving of horse’s teeth from the age of 7 to 18 years. Always -look for the cups in the upper teeth.) - -[Illustration: 18 Years. - -16 Years. - -14 Years. - -7 Years. - -8 Years. - -9 Years. - -10 Years. - -11 Years. - -12 Years.] - - 7 years. The cups in center of teeth are large. - 8 years. A trifle smaller. - 9 years. Still smaller. - 11 years. Smaller. - 12 years. Cups in center of teeth are smaller and nearly round. - 14 years. The teeth are round and cups have nearly disappeared. - 16 years. Are a mere speck in the teeth; scarcely discernible. - 18 years. The cups have worn away, and the teeth are round. - - - - -TRAINING STEERS. - - -Drive your steer in a small yard, fenced so that he cannot escape. Then -approach him gently, and if he runs, do not run after him, but follow -slowly and quietly. Should he again run from you, do not strike him with -the whip, or in any way frighten him, he will soon stand and permit you -to approach him. Place then around his body a surcingle or strap, near -the fore-legs. Take a hame-strap and buckle around the near fore-foot; -take a cord or rope, and pass it through under the surcingle, and tie to -the strap which is around the foot. The cord should be twenty or thirty -feet long, to permit him to run about you in the yard, without your -pulling on it. Draw up on the rope to force him to move on three legs; -approach him gently, till he will permit you to handle him as you please. -Then hold up the near fore-foot by the cord, with your left hand, and -holding the whip in your right, pass it over his shoulder, and quietly -touch him on the off-side of his head, and at the same time say, “Haw!” -continue thus till he moves his head towards you, for which caress him -about the head and neck; repeat this till he will “haw,” at the word, -towards you. Should he attempt to run from you, pull on the strap, say -“Haw,” at the same time touch him on the head with the whip. He will soon -learn to stop at the word of command, in, this way, and turn towards you -readily. Then take off the rig and turn him loose. Then proceed with the -mate in the same way, when you can turn it out, and by this time the -other steer will be ready to receive another lesson. Drive it in the -same yard, and repeat the lesson with a whip. Quietly touch on the near -side of the head, and at the same time say, “Gee!” until he will move -around from you. Then caress him, till he will “gee” or “haw” readily. Go -through the same lesson with the other. That is all you should try to do -with them in four hours’ time. Take both together in the yard; repeat -this lesson till both understand what you desire of them. Take one of -them near the wall; stand by his side; hit him gently on the head, at the -same time say “Back!” till he will step back; then caress him. Repeat, -till he will go back readily at the word. Give each the same lesson. This -manner of training steers will make them always do your bidding. When -convenient, repeat the above lessons, with both together. Then put on -the yoke, and let them go. One hour, at first, is long enough to become -accustomed to the restraint of the yoke. Repeat this in the yard. - -If the steers should ever run from you, which often occurs in an ordinary -method of training, buckle a hame-strap around the foot, bring it up -through the surcingle back to the sled or wagon, between the steers. Let -the man pull on the cord if they attempt to run away; this will pull up -their feet; whip them over the head, which will stop them and break up -the habit. - - - - -TREATISE ON HORSESHOEING. - - -The main object should be to have the shoe so formed as to size, weight, -fitting, and fastening, as to combine the most advantages of protection, -and preserve the natural tread of the foot the best. In weight, it should -be proportioned to the work or employment of the horse. The foot should -not be loaded with more iron than is necessary to preserve it. If the -work of the horse is principally on the road, at heavy draught, the shoe -should be rather heavy, in order that it may not be bent by contact with -hard, uneven earth; it should be wide in the web, and of equal thickness -and width from the toe to the heel, that it may as much as possible -protect the sole, without altering the natural position of the foot; -it should be well drawn in at the heels, that it may rest on the bars, -thereby protecting the corn place, or angles between the bar and crust, -and should in no part extend beyond the outer edge of the crust. - -It is too often the case that the shoe is made according to the smith’s -notions of what the form of the horse’s foot should be, and the foot is -pared, burned, and rasped until it fits the shoe. Now, it should always -be borne in mind that the shoe is intended for the foot, and not the foot -for the shoe, and that it is therefore peculiarly proper to make the shoe -fit the natural form of the foot. It is impossible to have the foot of a -horse sound and safe, for work and use, after bringing it to an unnatural -figure, by the use of the knife and rasp. The foot of the horse being -elastic, it expands to the weight of the horse, in precisely the same -degree, whether resting upon the most open or the most contracted shoe. -Therefore, the shape of the shoe cannot possibly affect the shape of the -foot. The form of the foot is determined by the situation of the nails -If the nails are placed so that the inside quarters and heels are left -free to expand in a natural manner, no shape which we can give to the -shoe can of itself change the form of the foot. It must not be inferred, -however, from this that the shape of the shoe is of no importance; quite -the contrary being the case, as I have already shown. In forming the -shoe, we should always adopt that which produces the greatest number of -advantages with the fewest disadvantages. - -We find that the sole-surface of the foot is by nature concave in form, -which seems to offer the greatest fulcrum of resistance to the horse when -traveling. It is important to preserve the natural mechanical action of -the horn and sole; therefore the ground surface of the foot, that is to -say, the ground surface of the shoe, should be leveled cup fashion; its -outer edge being prominent, corresponds to the lower and outer rim of the -hoof; while the shoe being hollow, resembles the natural cavity of the -sole of the foot. The ground surface of the shoe should always be concave. - -The pattern that nature has presented us in making the sole concave, -cannot be improved upon by the smith, with all his skill. The expansion -of the heels, and growth of the foot, require that the shoe should be -long enough, and wide enough at the heels, to allow for the natural -growth of the foot in the time it is calculated the shoe should be on -before being reset; for as the foot enlarges, the shoe is brought forward -until it loses its original proportion, and becomes too short and narrow. -The shoe may be about a quarter of an inch wider and longer than the -extreme bearing of the heels; and the nail-holes should be punched coarse -and in the center of the web. The manner of fastening the shoe is what -really affects the foot, and what requires the most special attention in -shoeing; for the foot, being elastic, expands in the same proportion on -the rough as on the nicely-fitted shoe. It is the number and position of -the nails that really affect the foot. If they are placed well back in -the quarters, four on a side, as is common, the crust is held as firmly -to this unyielding shoe as if in a vice, which utterly prevents the free -action necessary to its health. Inflammation is produced, which causes -contraction and the consequent, derangement of the whole foot. If the -free natural expansion of the foot, and the spreading of the quarters -in proportion to the growth of the hoof is prevented by the nailing -of the shoe, irritation of the fleshy substance between the crust and -coffin-bone will result, and ultimately create so much diseased action -of the parts as to cause contraction and navicular disease. Shoes may -be fastened without causing such mischief, if the following method of -nailing is observed. - -In experimenting, for the purpose of ascertaining how few nails are -absolutely necessary, under ordinary circumstances, for retaining the -shoe securely in its place as long as it should remain upon the foot, it -has been satisfactorily established that five nails are amply sufficient -for the fore shoes, and seven for the hind ones, three should be placed -on the outside of the foot, and two on the inner side, near the toe, -thereby leaving the foot free to expand in a natural manner. The nails -should not be driven high up in the crust, but brought out as soon as -possible. Another mistake with most smiths is in rasping the clinches -away too fine; they should be turned broad and flat. It is also a custom -with some to rasp and sand-paper the whole surface of the hoof, for -the purpose of making it look nice and smooth. Such a practice should -never be tolerated; the covering thus removed is provided by nature to -protect the too rapid evaporation of the moisture of the hoof, and when -taken away, causes the horn to become dry and brittle. It has so long -been customary to use as many nails as could be conveniently driven, in -fact, of fastening the shoe as if it were to a lifeless block of wood, -that the fear is very commonly entertained that the shoe will not be -held in its place with so few nails. Such fears are utterly groundless, -as both theory and practice demonstrate. If the presence of a nail in -the crust were a matter of no moment, and two or three more than are -really necessary were merely useless, no great reason would exist for -condemning the common practice of using too many nails, but it is far -otherwise; the nails, aside from confining the natural expansion of the -hoof, separate the fibres of the horn, which never, by any chance, become -united again, but continue apart and unclosed, until, by degrees, they -grow down with the rest of the hoof, and are finally, after repeated -shoeing, removed by the knife. - -As these holes cannot possibly grow down and be removed under three -shoeings, it will be found, even with a small number of nails, that -three times that number of holes must exist in the hoof all the while; -and as they are often, from various causes, extended into each other, -they necessarily keep it in a brittle, unhealthy state, and materially -interfere with the future nail-hold. As the position of the hind-foot, -and the nature of its office, render it less liable to injury than the -fore-foot, consequently, it less frequently lames; however, disease of -the navicular bone of this foot is by no means impossible. The same care -should be taken as with the fore-foot. Calks, although they may be -turned down of perfectly even length on each side (which is seldom done), -are objectionable appendages, and should be dispensed with, except, -perhaps, for very heavy draughts, or when the roads are frozen or covered -with ice. - - -_TO PREVENT HORSES INTERFERING._ - -[Illustration: INTERFERING AND OVERREACHING. - -_Fig. 1._ _Fig. 2._ _Fig. 3._] - -Nature has provided a proper hoof for the horse, but sometimes it is -round and flat and the animal will strike itself with the crust when not -shod; the natural tendency being to travel very close, especially with -the hind-feet. - -Well-informed minds, together with the mechanical skill of many -blacksmiths, have been brought to bear upon this topic, and after years -of experience and research they have been unable to remedy this evil. As -such I term it, because horses have suffered much, and become depreciated -in value because of being addicted to the annoying habit of interfering. - -I here propose to give a sure and certain remedy that has never been -known to fail. The preparation of the hoof is by no means as important -as that of the shoe; yet, should the animal interfere very badly, it may -be better to leave the outside a trifle the lowest; however, the smith -ought to be governed by circumstances, not as to the shoe, but to paring -the hoof. All that can be removed from the inside without putting the -hoof out of shape ought to be done. Also pare the hoof at the toe instead -of the heel, simply rasping it so as to form a level surface. Prepare -the shoe carefully in accordance with the following directions, and as -illustrated on foregoing engraving, Fig. 1: - -Make the inside twice the width and twice the thickness that you do the -outside, gradually tapering the width and thickness from the toe-calk. -Make the heel-calk on the inside or heavy part of the shoe, about an inch -long, and lengthwise from heel to toe, and incline it a little inward to -the frog of the foot. Don’t allow your shoes to remain on longer than -four weeks at most, and use as small nails as possible. - - -_OVERREACHING._ - -Young horses are more subject to overreaching than old ones. It very -frequently disappears as the speed of the animal is increased. At a -moderate gait, the front feet do not always get out of the way in time -for the hind ones, as they are brought forward. Sometimes the heels -are cut or badly bruised, and occasionally the shoes are torn from the -fore-feet. - -_Remedy._—Have the front shoes made nearly twice the weight of the hind -shoes. Lower the toe-calk on the fore shoe and increase the ordinary -length of the calk on the hind shoe, and do not make the fore shoe to -project more than half an inch beyond the heel. If the horse should -have a good square heel, don’t allow the shoe to project any. Observe -to instruct the smith to pare the toe or forward part of the fore-foot, -and _not the heel_, simply rasping it to form a level surface. See -illustration of shoes, Figs. 2 and 3. - -SURE METHOD OF PRODUCING A RAPID GROWTH IN HORSES’ HOOFS.—Wash the hoof -and apply common soft soap inside and out, twice a day, avoiding to rub -any on the frog of the foot. Care should be used so as not to allow the -soap to remain on the hair near the hoof. By putting a mark near the -hair, the operator will be better able to judge the rapid growth. While -using the above, should the hoof get soft, apply salt, which will quickly -harden. I have grown an entirely new hoof on a horse in six weeks, by -following the above direction. - - - - -AN EXPOSITION OF THE DUNBAR SYSTEM OF HORSESHOEING, AND TREATMENT OF THE -HORSE’S FOOT. - -_As taught to the Farriers of the United States Army by ALEXANDER DUNBAR, -under the authority of the Joint Resolution of Congress, and for which -Dunbar received twenty-five thousand dollars. Highly recommended to the -U. S. Army by Robert Banner and George Wilkes._ - - -_INSTRUCTIONS FOR FITTING AND DRIVING THE SHOE._ - -The first thing to be done is to carefully examine the horse’s feet all -around, to see that they are of a natural shape, taking care to abstain -from any action that will tend to excite the horse. - -The shoes should be removed one at a time, and the nails carefully drawn -after the clinches are cut, one at a time; anything like tearing off the -shoe by main force should by all means be avoided. - -The shoe being removed, the rasp should then be used on the edge of the -foot where the shoe has been, removing all dirt and gravel which may have -accumulated there, and thus prevent injury to the shoeing knife. - -If the foot is healthy and of a natural shape, and has been shod -regularly, no alteration is required, but simply to pare out the sole of -the foot, removing the bors entirely, and opening out the heels back. The -surface of the frog should be trimmed off a very little, but the sides -should never be cut. - -By reference to Plate No. 12 the exact idea of the system of paring -the foot may be gained. It has been practiced successfully, and is -recommended for the simple reason that by the system of removing the bors -and opening out the heels, contraction is prevented, and the frog retains -its natural shape, because all pressure is removed from each side. - -The foot should not be scooped out so as to leave the wall projecting -without any support; for the wall of the hoof is the base upon which the -horse travels, and this should be supported by a sufficiency of the sole -as a “ground surface.” The shoes should be removed and the feet prepared -one at a time. - -In fitting a shoe to the foot, after it has been thoroughly prepared, the -farrier should take hold of the foot and see that the shoe is perfectly -easy on the heels, and that he has sufficient room all around in the -manner illustrated on Plate No. 11. If the shoe is found to fit well -everywhere, he will take the foot between his knees, and placing the -shoe properly, drive the nails with great care, so that the shoe cannot -get out of its proper place. When the nails are started he should hammer -them home lightly, or according to the foot he is working on. The three -nails on the inside and outside, toward the toe, should always be driven -a little tighter than the heel nails, so as to prevent pressure on the -heels. No man should be in a hurry in shoeing a horse, but should always -be careful in fitting and driving the shoe as instructed. - -A shoe should never be fitted tightly, unless the coffin-bone has too -much play; then it should be fitted tight around the toe and each -quarter, as far as the nail-holes extend back, in order to contract the -foot, and bring the coffin-bone to its proper place. Such cases are, -however, very rare. - -The heels of the shoe should never be allowed to curve inward toward the -frog, and the foot should be prepared so as to prevent any pressure from -the shoe on the heel, in the manner shown by Plate No. 14, at the same -time allowing the bearing of the shoe to be perfectly equal. - -If the horse has a long foot it should be shortened on the toe as much -as possible—the more the better—for the hoof grows out more quickly -at the toe; and it is necessary, because in a case of this kind the -coffin-bone is necessarily out of its proper position, and the operation -of shortening the toe must be continued until it resumes its natural -shape; but a close operation, and working the horse at the same time, is -not recommended, because the foot can be brought to its proper shape by -cutting gradually in time. - -After the cutting has been performed, a shoe should be fitted so as to -have the pressure on each quarter, and with heels, if the horse’s heels -are naturally low, in order to prevent a sudden change. - -A horse should be re-shod at least once a month. - -PLATE NO. 3—_Paring out the Foot._—By reference to this plate it will be -seen what a difference there exists between the system recommended and -practiced by Mr. Dunbar, and the old style practiced and recommended by -all authorities on the subject heretofore. - -[Illustration: No. 3. PARING THE FOOT. - -_a_ New Style. _b_ Old Style.] - -The bors should be _cut away entirely_, removing the pressure from the -frog, and cutting out the heel. By this system of paring the foot a -ground surface will always be left, commencing at the heel and expanding -gradually, as illustrated by the plates “A” to “C;” the sides of the -frog should never be cut, but the top should be cut down sufficiently to -allow it to be clear of the ground after the shoe is fitted. The cleft of -the frog should always be cleaned out thoroughly every time the shoe is -renewed. - -PLATES NOS. 4. AND 5—_Long Feet before and after Cutting._—A horse with -a long foot, as will be easily seen, will suffer from an undue pressure -on the heels (see article on Corns), causing corns, and in addition to -that, if the foot is not shortened in time, it will cause the coffin-bone -to lose its proper shape, but this can be remedied by shortening the toe -every time the horse is shod, thus keeping the foot in its proper shape. - -[Illustration: No. 4. LONG FOOT—BEFORE TREATMENT.] - -[Illustration: No. 5. LONG FOOT—AFTER TREATMENT.] - -The common practice of fitting a shoe tight on the heels, to prevent -interfering, is entirely wrong; an interfering horse does not strike -with his heel, but with the inner side of the toe, not further back than -the heel-nails, both hind and forward. To prevent this, the shoe should -be fitted wider on the _inner_ than on the _outer_ heel. A horse that -interferes should be carefully examined by the farrier before shoeing, -who will notice particularly the shape of his feet. If the animal stands -_inward_ and interferes, the _outside_ quarter should be cut down, and -thus throw the foot level; and if he stands outward and interferes, the -_inside_ quarter should be cut down for the same reason. After this a -shoe should be fitted with no nails on the inner quarter, which -should be _thickest_. - -To prevent a horse traveling pigeon-toed is simply to pare off the inner -quarter of the toe, and have the shoe fitted as above. By this operation -the bearing will be level. This will apply also to a horse for light -riding, and for a horse traveling between the shafts; but for the latter -a good block heel on the outer, and a small one on the inner quarter of -the shoe should be made; the toe also to be made thick in proportion, to -make the bearing level. - -[Illustration: No. 10. COFFIN-BONE. - -Fig. 1. - - _a_ Upper pastern. - _b_ Lower pastern. - _c_ Navicular bone. - _d_ Coffin-bone. - -Fig. 2. - - _a_ Upper pastern. - _b_ Lower pastern. - _c_ Navicular bone. - _d_ Coffin-bone, with the horny laminæ.] - -PLATE NO. 10 is a representation of a perfectly healthy coffin-bone, with -the upper and lower pastern and navicular bones front, and reverse sides. -The system recommended by the author is intended to prevent any pressure -whatever on the wings of the coffin-bone. Anything that prevents the -perfectly free action of the coffin-bone will cause “navicular disease,” -and “ossified cartilages.” After a foot is pared, as recommended in this, -so as to be easily expanded, the wings of the coffin-bone, which are the -widest part, should be protected by a wide shoe, and there should be no -pressure whatever on the heels. - -[Illustration: No. 11. FITTING A SHOE TO REMOVE PRESSURE FROM THE HEEL.] - -[Illustration: No. 12. CONTRACTED. NATURAL. - -No. 13. OLD STYLE PARING OUT THE FOOT. NEW STYLE.] - -[Illustration: No. 14. CONTRACTED FOOT AFTER TREATMENT.] - - -_CORNS._ - -The pressure of the bor on one side of the seat of the disease, and of -the horny substance of a contracted heel on the other side, added to -a tight shoe, causes inflammation, which, when it becomes chronic, is -styled a _corn_. - -A corn may be detected by paring the foot close. It is not necessary, as -recommended by some authorities, to use pincers, squeezing the hoof all -around to find the corn, thereby giving the horse unnecessary pain. They -are to be found only in the heel, and do not result from bruises, but -from pressure. - -_Treatment._—The shoe having been removed, the inside of the hoof should -be pared out thoroughly all around, and if a long hoof, it should be -shortened. If the corn is visible, the heel should be pared down and the -bors weakened, opening the heel as far back as possible (see Plate No. -11), and fitting an open shoe, so as to throw the pressure off the heel. -The pressure having been removed, the corn will disappear, or grow down -in the quarter, in which case the farrier should fit a bor shoe, so as -to throw the weight off the diseased heel and partly on the frog, the -elastic surface of which will prevent severe pressure. - -If a horse has a long foot, the pressure is more on the corns, because -his foot is in front of him, and an over-proportion of his weight comes -on his heels. A horse with a long foot is like a man with a thick sole to -his boot and no heels, for with his heels he strikes the ground first. - -Every horse should have his feet well _under_ him, and not in _front_ of -him. This fact should be taken into consideration when fitting the open -shoe. - -Inflammation should be reduced by placing a swab over the coronet, and -using a hot poultice of linseed meal for the foot. - -[Illustration: No. 15. EXPANDING THE FOOT AFTER IT HAS BEEN PARED OUT.] - -[Illustration: No. 16. LATERAL QUARTER-CRACK BEFORE TREATMENT. CONTRACTED -FOOT.] - -[Illustration: No. 17. QUARTER-CRACK—LATERAL—UNDER TREATMENT.] - -[Illustration: No. 18. STRAIGHT QUARTER-CRACK UNDER TREATMENT.] - -The pressure having been removed from a corn for a fortnight, it will be -observed to have a light color, representing the color of a new corn, and -if properly treated, it will gradually disappear, and be displaced by a -healthy growth of foot. - -The horse should be allowed at least a month in which to recover from -his lameness; but it is not necessary to turn him out to grass, and care -should be taken that his feet are closely attended to, having the shoes -renewed about once in a fortnight. - -_Contraction_ is the result of neglect, want of natural moisture, and -tight shoeing. The result is lameness, if in one foot, and if in both -feet, the loss of their free, natural use, causing short steps and -stumbling. If the inner quarter is contracted, it is the cause, if not -soon remedied, of quarter-crack. The practice of fitting a shoe so as to -fit tighter on the inner than the outer quarter, to prevent interfering, -renders it more liable to contraction. - -The want of proper moisture causes the horn to shrink, and prevents the -foot from expanding naturally. This should be remedied by soaking the -feet, if feverish, in warm, and if healthy, in cold water, twice a day, -an hour at each time. This moisture should be applied at least two hours -before the horse is used. This will render the foot elastic, and prevent -abuse from traveling over rough roads. - -By reference to accompanying plate, No. 12, the difference will be -observed between a natural and a contracted foot. The quarters growing -toward each other in the contracted, cause the coffin-bone to lose its -proper shape, and forcing the sensitive frog upwards from its proper -place, causes scratches and thrush. - -Treatment of contraction, briefly speaking, is _expansion_. The foot -should be thoroughly prepared in the following manner: If the horse is -lame, the farrier should shorten the toe, lower the foot all around, and -open the heels back until the blood is drawn. The sole of the foot should -be pared as closely as possible on each side of the frog, in the manner -shown by the illustration on Plate No. 12, “natural foot.” The frog -should be lowered, but the side should _not_ be cut. A groove should be -made with a rasp just under and parallel with the coronet on each side -(see Plate No. 14) deep enough to draw blood, then with a fine shoeing -knife, cut little notches down from the cornet and across the groove at -certain equal distances, as shown by illustration No. 14, the entire -length of the groove. These notches should also be deep enough to draw -blood. This will relieve the pressure caused by contraction from the -cartilages on both sides, and allow them to resume their proper shape. - -[Illustration: No. 19. QUARTER-CRACK, AFTER TREATMENT.] - -[Illustration: No. 20. TOE-CRACK, BEFORE TREATMENT.] - -Having the foot ready for a shoe, a hand should be placed on each side -of the foot, pressing it outward in the manner shown by Plate No, 15. -The shoe must be very carefully fitted, and must have eight nail-holes, -for the reason that it is the heel nails that relieve a horse while in -contraction. - -The shoe should be fitted so as to project at least a quarter of an inch -on each side of the foot, so as to see the nail-holes projecting on -each side of the outer and inner quarter. Having this accomplished, the -bearing should be equal; the nails must be driven first toward the toe, -then toward the heel, driving them half-way, and using the utmost care -and skill; the higher the nails are driven the better. The shoe being -fitted so wide, there is no fear of pricking. - -The nails toward the heel should be driven by alternate taps on each -side, because the foot expands on each side on account of being pared so -thin on either side of the frog, the source of the expansion. - -The heel nails should relieve the wings of the coffin-bone, which suffer -most while in a state of contraction, and allow them to come back to -their proper position. - -Considerable soreness will result from this mode of treatment, which can -be remedied by using thin poultices of linseed meal, applied as hot as -possible, to be renewed at least once every two days for the period of -two weeks. The foot should also be thoroughly soaked in a bucket of warm -water for half an hour at each renewal of the poultice; this will remove -all soreness, and prevent the foot from shrinking when exposed to the -weather. The _expansion_ treatment should be continued gradually until -the coffin-bone resumes its natural shape; when this is accomplished, the -growing hoof will naturally accommodate itself to the bone. - -The severe treatment recommended is necessary only in an aggravated -case causing lameness. It can be so modified by cutting the hoof, and -expanding the foot gradually, as to allow the horse to be used while -under treatment, if he has not been disabled. - - -_QUARTER AND TOE-CRACKS._ - -Quarter-cracks are commonly found in feet of saddle horses, and are -caused by contraction and pressure, and are also the result of a shoe -being fitted tightly on the inner quarter, to prevent interfering, as -stated in remarks on “Contraction.” - -Most commonly found on the inner quarter; it commences at the coronet, -extending downward, and when it extends through to the laminæ causes -lameness, and is especially serious if the foot is contracted, as shown -by Plate No. 16. - -There are two kinds of quarter-cracks, as shown by plates Nos. 17 and -18—the _lateral_ and the _straight_ the latter being the most serious, if -the separation commences at the coronet. - -_Treatment._—If the foot is inclined to contract, it should be prepared -as for contraction; shorten the toe and expand the foot, under the -directions already given. If lameness has resulted, a bor shoe should -be fitted, so as to remove all pressure from half an inch on each side -of the crack, then with a rasp cut a groove under and parallel with the -coronet, extending about half an inch on each side of the crack; with a -shoeing knife cut some small notches on each side of the groove, after -which the edges of the crack may be cut away. (See Plates Nos. 17 and -18.) If the foot bleeds freely so much the better. After this is done -a firing-iron should be applied so as to cauterize the crack. This -operation having been performed, the foot should be dressed with tar -every morning for about three weeks. The pressure being removed, the new -growth will commence at the coronet, and extend downward, as shown in -Plate No. 19, until a permanent cure is effected. - -[Illustration: No. 21. TOE-CRACK, AFTER TREATMENT. - -Explaining use of “Expansion Plate.”] - -[Illustration: No. 22. THRUSH. - -Before Treatment. After Treatment. - -No. 23. PUMICE FOOT. - -Before Treatment. After Treatment.] - -[Illustration: No. 24. HOOF-BOUND—UNDER TREATMENT.] - -Toe-crack, more common to heavy and draught horses, is caused by want of -room; the space inside the wall of the foot not being large enough to -accommodate the laminæ, it causes inflammation, and breaks out at the -weakest point, which is the coronet, and extends downward to the toe, -causing the foot to assume the appearance of a cloven foot. (See Plate -No. 20.) - -_Treatment._—Shorten the toe as much as possible, and then pare the sole -of the foot until it will yield to the pressure of the thumb. No pressure -should be allowed within half an inch on each side of the crack on the -toe, for the reason that the pressure on the toe prevents the coronet -from uniting. Having prepared the sole of the foot, a fine shoeing knife -should be used to remove the horn that is inclined to grow inward on each -side of the crack, after which a groove under the coronet, extending on -each side of the crack, will be made, and the notches on each side of the -groove as already directed. A firing-iron should be applied to cauterize -the crack from the coronet downward. Then the crack should be cut away -in the center, so as to allow the use of an “expansion plate,” as shown -in Plate No. 21. This expansion plate can be made of brass or steel. It -is composed of four pieces, as follows: A plate divided in the center -into two equal parts, A and B (see Plate No. 21), and a thread cut in the -center. Each part is made so as to fit dove-tailed into the crack, held -in place with a screw C, and a burr D, underneath, to prevent the screw -from pressing the laminæ of the foot. The screw, which has considerable -power as a lever, forces the two plates apart, lifts up the wall of the -foot which is pressing each side of the crack, and presses it outward. -This being done, an open shoe should be fitted, wider than the foot, so -as to expand it, which, together with the notches cut in the groove under -the coronet, will cause a new and strong growth from each side of the -crack, commencing at the coronet and extending downward. - -The length of time required to effect a removal of the crack depends on -the treatment and skill of the operator. If the foot is expanded by the -plate with skill, and the nails in the shoe driven so as to prevent the -wall of the foot from closing in on the crack, the plate may be removed -at once; otherwise it should remain stationary, which can be done by -substituting the small screw E, which will not prevent the horse from -being used while under treatment. The use of the expansion plate is not -necessary, unless the crack extends the whole length of the hoof. The -crack extending from the coronet, partly down the front of the foot, -should be treated at once, removing pressure by shortening the toe and -expanding the foot, as already instructed; then, by means of the groove -and notches, promote a new growth at the coronet. - - -_THRUSH._ - -Is a disease of the frog, most common to a foot which is hoof-bound -or contracted, but all horses’ feet are subject to it when they are -neglected. The frog, pressed on each side by the bors of the foot, and -from the overgrowth of the hoof, becomes inflamed, and the result is -_thrush_. (See Plate No. 22.) - -[Illustration: No. 25. OVERGROWTH OF HOOF AND NEGLECT. - -After Treatment. Ground Surface before Treatment.] - -_Treatment if the Hoof is Hoof-bound._—The farrier, after removing the -shoe, should use his rasp, and lower the wall of the foot all around -from heel to heel; then, by the free use of the knife, pare the foot to -its natural size. Also pare around the frog until the sole of the foot -yields to the pressure of the thumb, then open the heels and remove the -pegs that grow on each side of the heels. All this should be done before -a knife is used on the frog. After all pressure is removed by this paring -operation, the condition of the frog will show how it was affected by -pressure on each side. - -[Illustration: No. 26. OVERGROWTH OF HOOF—FRONT VIEW BEFORE TREATMENT.] - -[Illustration: No. 27. OVERGROWTH OF HOOF—FRONT VIEW AFTER TREATMENT.] - -[Illustration: No. 28. NAVICULA.—ENLARGEMENT OF METACARPAL BONE.] - -Next, by the use of the knife, cut a slice off the top of the frog, and -carefully clean out the cleft, which suffers most on account of the -direct pressure of the bors on each side of the frog. After this cleaning -operation is performed, a warm poultice of flaxseed meal should be -applied two or three times, according to the condition of the foot. When -the poultice is removed, the foot should be washed out occasionally with -castile soap and warm water, after which a little salt, ground into fine -powder, should be forced into the cleft, and kept in by a mixture of tar -and oakum as a dressing, after which an open shoe should be fitted so as -to expand the foot gradually. This treatment should be pursued until a -permanent cure is effected. - -If the foot is in a state of contraction, it should be expanded under the -instructions already given. By this expansion all pressure is removed, -and a permanent cure is easily effected by following the instructions -already given. - -No liquid remedies, such as butter of antimony, or chloride of zinc, -should be used, as they dry up the foot before the inflammation is -removed. - -By reference to Plate No. 22 a good idea may be obtained of the manner of -paring out a hoof suffering from thrush. - - -_PUMICE FOOT._ - -(See Plate No. 23) should always be pared out on each side of the frog -until it yields to the pressure of the thumb. This paring should, -however, be done immediately around the frog, leaving more than the usual -ground surface (see plate After Treatment). The toe should be shortened -as much as possible, and the heels cut out back. If the horse is lame a -bor shoe is the best to protect the foot, with a leather sole, and some -spirits of tar as a moisture. This shoe should be renewed at least once a -month, with a leather sole, until a cure is effected. - - -_HOOF-BOUND._ - -(Plate No. 24.) A horse that is hoof-bound is deprived of his free -action, and resembles a horse that is foundered. - -_Treatment._—The foot should be pared out thoroughly, and on each side of -the frog, until it yields to the pressure of the thumb. Open the heels -and remove the bors that press the frog on each side, and cause the -animal much pain. - -The toe should be shortened, and if the foot is inclined to contraction, -the shoe should be fitted wider than the foot, which, if done properly, -will expand the foot (see article Contraction). The shoe should be a -good, heavy, open one, well eased off at the heels. Having the foot -prepared, the operation should next be performed around the coronet, as -follows: If the cartilages are hard, as they are generally from being -pressed upwards, a groove should be made with a rasp immediately under -the coronet, and extending all the way across from heel to heel, deep -enough to draw blood. Next, with a fine knife cut notches across the -groove at equal distances the whole length of the groove, and extending -from the coronet downward. - -By this operation, illustrated on Plate No. 24, the pressure is removed -from the cartilages. After this a poultice of linseed meal should be -applied around the coronet, which loosens all pressure and starts a new -growth. - -If the horse is lame from this disease the close cutting operation should -be performed and the poultice applied one week; otherwise the operation -need not be so severe. - -PLATES NOS. 25, 26, 27—_Illustrations of Overgrowth of Hoof and Neglect -before and after Treatment._—The illustration, “Before Treatment,” Plate -No, 25, represents the ground surface of a foot operated upon, and “After -Treatment” represents the same foot after one pound of overgrowth had -been removed from one foot. Plates Nos. 26 and 27 show the difference -between the foot before and after treatment, and show the importance of -being careful in observing a horse’s foot so as to prevent lameness, and -the various diseases caused by neglect. - -PLATES NOS. 28 AND 29—_Enlargement of the Metacarpal Bone._—In a great -many cases because the enlargement interferes with the free use of the -flexor tendon, pressing it out of its proper place. A horse with a -contracted foot suffers from this pressure when the shoe is fitted tight -and brings the heels inward. The metacarpal bones extend from the back -of the knee downward to the pastern joint, forming, as it were, a brace -on each side. They become quite small as they extend downward, and the -enlargement is generally found on the inside of the leg. (See Plate No. -28.) - -[Illustration: No. 29. ENLARGEMENT OF THE METACARPAL BONE. - -_a_ Showing how to find the enlargement. - -_b_ Showing the manner in which the incision is made, and the enlargement -removed.] - -The enlargement may be discovered by running the hand downward from the -knee, the thumb on the side and the forefinger on the other, until -it is felt (see Plate 29, “A”). If pressed and the horse yields to -the pressure, it is a sure sign that he is affected, and he should be -properly shod at once as if for contraction, or the enlargement should -be removed. To do this, the horse should be in the following position: -First, with plenty of straw under him to prevent bruising; then he should -be thrown on his side and fastened down, so as to allow the operator to -make an incision with a fine pocket knife partly to the front and near -where the enlargement is. This operation will not interfere with the -tendons, or veins that extend upward from the foot. The incision having -been made, the finger may be inserted, as shown in Plate No. 29, “B,” -so as to raise the enlargement and make it visible. Then, with a pair -of nippers, snap the end off with one motion. The incision should be -closed, fastened together with a needle and silk thread; then apply a -linen bandage and over this a woolen cloth, containing a little moisture, -to prevent fever. A little sweet oil should be applied, to keep it clean -while healing. The operation is not severe and is thoroughly effective. - -[Illustration: No. 30. A FOOT THAT IS DEPRIVED OF THE FREE USE OF THE -BACK TENDONS.] - -PLATES NOS. 30 AND 31 represent a foot which has been deprived of the -free use of the back tendons, caused by a sudden jar or misstep, causing -a horse so affected to travel on his toe, and can be remedied only by -a system of expanding the foot under the directions already given for -contraction. - -[Illustration: No. 31. - -Ossified growth of Upper and Lower Pastern Joint, also Navicular Joint -and Coffin-bone, in a foot which has been deprived of the free use of the -back Tendons. See Plate No. 30.] - -After this a shoe should be fitted with a toe and no heels, for by -raising the toe the bearing is thrown on the heels. If the action is -heavy on the toe, the shoe should be provided with a steel toe-calk. -This will prevent a horse from traveling on his toe, and such a case, -if taken in time, can be remedied, if not permanently cured, by simply -fitting a shoe so as to throw the bearing on the heels. - -[Illustration: No. 32. THE SENSITIVE FROG. - -Interior surface. Exterior surface.] - -PLATES NOS. 30 AND 31 represent an aggravated case, which from neglect -became incurable. - -PLATE NO. 32 represents the exterior surface of the sensitive frog. The -great principle of this system of paring the horse’s feet, is to remove -all pressure from the frog. It should be protected from all pressure, -and such diseases as thrush and scratches may be avoided. - -PLATE NO. 33 gives a sectional view of all the bones and tendons of the -horse’s foot. Every blacksmith and farrier should thoroughly understand -this and the anatomy of the horse’s foot, in order to be able to know -exactly how to treat any disease which may be brought to their notice. - -[Illustration: No. 33. SECTION OF THE PASTERN AND OTHER BONES, LIGAMENTS, -ETC. - - A—Shank-bone. - - B—Upper and larger pastern-bone. - - C—Sesamoid-bone. - - D—Lower or smaller pastern-bone. - - E—Navicular or shuttle-bone. - - F—Coffin-bone, or bone of the foot. - - G—Suspensory ligament inserted into the sesamoid-bone. - - H—Continuation of the suspensory ligament inserted into the - smaller pastern-bone. - - I—Small inelastic ligament lying down the sesamoid-bone to the - larger pastern-bone. - - K—A long ligament reaching from the pastern-bone to the knee. - - L—Extensor tendon inserted into both the pastern and the - coffin-bone. - - M—Tendon of the perforating flexor inserted into the - coffin-bone, after having passed over the navicular-bone. - - N—Seat of the navicular-joint lameness. - - O—Inner or sensible frog. - - P—Cleft of the horny frog. - - Q—A ligament uniting the navicular-bone to the smaller pastern. - - R—A ligament uniting the navicular-bone to the coffin-bone. - - S—Sensible sole between the coffin-bone and the horny side. - - T—Horny sole. - - U—Crust or wall of the foot. - - V—Sensible laminæ to which the crust is attached. - - W—Coronary ring of the crust. - - X—The covering of the coronary ligament from which the crust is - secreted. - - Z—Place of bleeding at the toe.] - - - - -RECIPES. - - -The following recipes have been gathered from souses entitled to the -fullest confidence, as remedies of value to all owners of horses, and are -presented with the hope of doing good: - - -_INFLUENZA._ - -For several years past a disease has been more or less prevalent in -various sections of this country, known to the Veterinary as epidemic -catarrh or influenza. The symptoms of this disease are so various in -different animals—no two being precisely alike—that a variety of opinions -are current concerning it and its nature; and, as a consequence, various -other diseases are often confounded with it. The usual or leading -symptoms are a slight watery or mucous discharge from the nose; eyelids -presenting a reddish appearance; matter collects in the corner of the -eyes; pulse feeble; great debility, as shown by the quick, feeble action -of the heart—a symptom rarely absent; membrane of nose much reddened; -sore throat and cough; occasionally the feet become fevered as in -founder, causing much stiffness, and might be easily taken for that -disease. - -_Treatment._—This being a typhoid disease, it requires a sustaining -treatment, or success will be very doubtful. In the early stage of this -disease, give the first two days ten drops of tincture of aconite, or -bryonia, in a little water, every six hours; after which give a pail -of water to drink, and, once a day, 1 oz. spirits of nitre, or 2 drams -extract of belladonna; and give in the feed, three times a day, one of -the following powders: gentian root, saltpetre, and anise seed, of each 1 -oz.; sulphate of quinine, 1 dram; mix, and divide into eight powders. The -throat should be bathed with mustard and vinegar; or with linseed oil, -3 oz., spirits of hartshorn, 1 oz. Mix together. No hay or corn should -be given, but scalded oats or wheat bran, with linseed tea, or oatmeal -gruel, should constitute the diet. I would recommend a few carrots. But -above all, good nursing is to be desired, and by strictly following the -foregoing instructions a successful result is probable. - - -_CONDITION POWDER._ - -Fenugreek, cream of tartar, gentian, sulphur, saltpetre, resin, -black antimony, and ginger, of each 1 oz.; cayenne ½ oz.; all finely -pulverized. Mix thoroughly. It is used for yellow water, hide bound, -colds, coughs, distemper, and all other diseases where a condition powder -is needed. They carry off gross humors, and purify the blood. - -_Dose._—In ordinary cases one tablespoonful once a day. In extreme -cases give twice daily. This powder has never failed to give entire -satisfaction. - - -_GLANDERS._ - -This is one of the most fatal diseases to which the horse is subject. -It is propagated in most cases by contagion, the infection being -disseminated by seed from the nasal discharge, not, as many suppose, -by the breath. According to eminent foreign authors, the disease has -its origin also in a vitiated state of the blood, and this may result -from improper treatment or neglect of almost any disease to which he is -liable. In its early stage it appears to be only a slight inflammation -of the inner membrane of the nose, not, however, attended with the -usual florid red characterizing inflammation, but of a paler hue, and -afterwards becoming darker. The first marked symptom is a discharge -from the nose, scarcely to be distinguished at first from the natural -moisture, either by its color or consistence, and generally coming from -one nostril only, and that the left one. In appearance it is thin and -transparent, closely resembling the natural discharge, a little increased -in quantity, and sometimes continues in this doubtful stage for several -weeks or months. Instances are indeed known where it has existed for -several years before it became fully developed. In such cases it is -attended with no loss of appetite, no cough, or apparent illness of any -kind, with little enlargement of the glands under the jaw, and at the -same time the horse is capable of communicating disease. - -Too many of these horses, with a decided glanderous discharge from the -nose and adherent glands under the jaw, are found on our roads, or are -employed in agriculture, which (although they are otherwise in good -health, and perform their work well) should not be permitted; for by such -means the contagion is widely spread. No cough accompanies real glanders -in any of its stages, except the last, which is usually soon cut short by -death. - -In addition to the preceding tokens for discovering at an early period -the true glanders from other disorders, let the nostrils be closely -examined. In the real glanders, the left or running nostril will be -found of a deeper color than ordinary, while the other, or dry nostril, -is of a paler color, or almost white. - -The reader must bear in mind the varied color of the nostril in deciding -all cases of this character. Also that in colds, etc., both nostrils run. - -Before the disease finishes its course, both sides of the nose and head -become affected—the ulcers extend down the windpipe, and fasten upon -the lungs. The virus, secreted by and discharged from the ulcers, is -absorbed and carried through the whole system, and soon puts an end to -the creature’s miserable existence. The best preventives of glanders are -dry, clean, well-ventilated stables, moderate exercise, green food, when -it can be procured, and roots in the winter. - -The disease may be cured in its early stages, or before ulcers are -formed in the nose, or the lumps under the jaw adhere to the bone, by -turning the animal on a dry pasture, by proper attention to the bowels, -and by use of alterative medicines, to work the poisons out of the -system. Should the bowels require loosening, give the common purge. For -purifying the blood, the condition powder is the most effectual remedy. -The owner must beware of putting the horse to hard labor too soon, after -having been turned out as before directed, as the disease is liable to -return on subsequent confinement, even after the running at the nose -has entirely disappeared. It is conceded by all, that when this disease -is once seated, it cannot be cured; and humanity dictates, and economy -should prompt us to terminate the animal’s existence at once. This course -has now become an imperative duty, as the fact is established that man -is susceptible to the contagion; and there are numerous cases on record -where those who have had the care of glandered horses have fallen victims -to this disease. - - -_LOCK JAW._ - -This disease generally arises from nail wounds in the feet, or from sharp -metallic substances taken into and wounding the stomach or intestines. -The first symptoms of the disease are observed about the ninth or tenth -day after the injury is done, which are a straggling or stiffness of the -hind-legs, to which succeed in a few days the following: on elevating -the head, a spasmodic motion of the membrane in the inner corner of the -eye will be observed, showing little more than the white of the eye; the -muscles of the jaws become rigid; the tongue is swollen, and the mouth -is filled with saliva; the ears are erect, and the nose poked out; the -nostrils expand; respiration becomes much disturbed; and finally, the -jaws become firmly set, and the bowels constipated. - -_Treatment._—Tinct. of aconite, 2 drs.; tinct. of belladonna, 2 drs.; -water, ½ oz. Mix, and give 40 drops every 4 hours on the tongue; keep a -ball of aloes in the mouth for several days. There is no fear of giving -too much. I have known half a pound to be given in a few days with good -success. Hydrocyandic acid, 20 drops in a little water, and put upon the -tongue every four hours, is an excellent remedy. Foment the jaws with -bags of hops steeped in hot water, and bathe the line of the back from -the pole to the croup with mustard and vinegar. Be careful not to allow -the animal to be unnecessarily excited by noises and confusion about him. -Go about him quietly; keep a pail of bran slop before him all the time. -If the foot has been injured, poultice with flaxseed meal, and keep the -wound open until a healthy action has been established. - - -_TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN DISTEMPER AND GLANDERS._ - -The discharge from the nose in Glanders will sink in water. In Distemper -it will not. - - -_CHRONIC COUGH._ - -This is generally the consequence of neglected catarrhal affections, -worms, etc. For treatment, give twice each day Barbadoes aloes, 2 oz.; -pulv. foxglove (or digitalis), 1 oz.; linseed meal, 13 oz. Mix with -molasses. Dose, 1 oz. - -Another remedy is, sal ammoniac, 1 oz.; squills, pulv., ½ oz.; aloes, -pulv., 1 oz.; linseed meal, 16 oz.; mix with molasses, and divide into -four balls; to be given one each night for four days. - - -_TREATMENT FOR RHEUMATISM._ - -Poultice the feet with mustard and flaxseed meal. Give internally of nux -vomica, 1 oz.; pulv. gentian root, 1½ oz.; pulverized ginger, 1 oz. Mix -and divide into 12 powders; give one every night in the feed, keep the -body warm, and give no corn. - - -_FOUNDER REMEDY._ - -Give from 1 to 4 ounces of saltpetre, according to the severity of the -case. For a severe case, draw about one gallon of blood from the neck; -then drench with linseed oil, 1 quart; rub the fore-legs with water as -hot as can be borne without scalding, continuing the washing till the -horse is perfectly limber. - - -_HORSE OINTMENT._ - -Resin, 4 oz.; beeswax, 4 oz.; honey, 2 oz.; lard, 8 oz.; melt these -articles slowly, bringing gradually to a boil; remove from the fire, -and slowly add a little less than a pint of spirits of turpentine, -stirring all the time this is being added, and stir till cool. This is -an extraordinary ointment for bruises of the flesh, or hoof, or broken -knees, galls or bites, or when a horse is gelded to heal and keep off -flies. - - -_MAGIC LINIMENT._ - -Take 2 oz. oil of spike; 2 oz. origanum; 2 oz. hemlock; 2 oz. wormwood; -4 ounces sweet oil; 2 oz. spirits ammonia; 2 ounces gum camphor; 2 oz. -spirits turpentine; 1 quart proof spirits. Mix well and bottle for use. -Cork tight. For sprains, bruises, or lameness of any kind, this liniment -is unsurpassed. This is the same liniment, leaving out the turpentine, -which has achieved so many wonderful cures for human ailment. - -A more simple liniment can be made by putting into spirits of turpentine -all the gum camphor it will cut. For ordinary purposes it is fit for -use; but if you wish to reduce pain, add as much laudanum as there is -turpentine. - - -_FRENCH PASTE FOR BONE SPAVIN._ - -Corrosive sublimate, quicksilver, and iodine, of each 1 oz., with -sufficient lard to form a paste. Rub the quicksilver and iodine together, -and add the sublimate, and finally add the lard, rubbing thoroughly. -Shave off the hair the size of the bone enlargement, then grease all -around it, but not where the bone is shaved off. This prevents the action -of the medicine only upon the spavin; rub in as much of the paste as will -lie on a five cent piece, each morning for four mornings only, and in -from six to eight days the spavin will come out; then wash out the wound -with suds, soaking well for an hour or two, which removes the poisonous -effects of the medicine, and facilitates the healing, which can be done -by any healing salve. I prefer the horse ointment to any other. - - -_HOW TO CLEAN AND OIL HARNESS._ - -First take the harness apart, having each strap and piece by itself; then -wash it with warm water and Castile soap. When cleansed, black each part -with the following dye: 1 oz. extract of logwood; 12 grains bichromate of -potash—both pounded fine; put into two quarts of boiling rain-water, and -stir till all is dissolved. When cool, it may be used. It may be bottled -and kept for future use, if desired. It may be applied with a shoe brush. -When the dye has struck in, you may oil each part with neatsfoot oil, -applied with a paint brush. For second oiling, use one-third castor oil -and two-thirds neat’s-foot oil, mixed. A few hours after, wipe clean -with a woolen cloth, which gives the harness a glossy appearance. This -preparation does not injure the leather or stitching, but makes it -soft and pliable, and obviates the necessity of oiling as often as is -necessary by the ordinary method. When the harness is removed from the -horse, take a woolen cloth or chamois skin, kept for the purpose, and -wipe off the dust and all moisture from rain or perspiration, and when -the harness is nearly dry, rub the damper parts very thoroughly with a -second cloth or skin, until they are quite soft and pliable. - -The bits, and plated mountings, should be cleaned and rubbed with a -slightly-oiled rag, before the harness is finally hung in its place; the -harness should be protected from dust either by a covering of cloth, or -by hanging in a closet. Whenever the leather becomes dry and hard, it -should be cleaned and oiled according to the foregoing directions. - - -_PHYSIC BALL._ - -Barbadoes aloes, 1 lb.; syrup buckthorn, 3 oz.; cod-liver oil, 3 oz. -Melt the whole, and stir till cool. In winter, add a little water, make -into 18 pills, and give 1 every four hours, or as much as will move the -bowels. - - -_TO SCATTER POLL-EVIL._ - -Take a quantity of mandrake root, bruise and boil it, strain and boil -down until rather thick; then form an ointment, simmering with sufficient -lard for the purpose. Anoint the swelling once a day until cured. It has -cured them after they were broken out, by putting it in the pipes a few -times; also, anointing around the sore. - - -_HEALING SALVE FOR ABRASIONS AND CUTS._ - -Oxide of zinc, 4 drams; fresh lard, 1 oz.; carbolic acid, 6 grains. -Melt the lard, and stir in the oxide of zinc, which must be very finely -powdered; add the carbolic acid and mix thoroughly. Apply twice a day to -the wound. This salve is very valuable for its healing properties, and -will be found of special service, if there is any foul discharge. - - -_WASH FOR FOUL ULCERS._ - -Permanganate of potassa, 1 dram; pure water, 6 fluid ounces. Clean -the sore once or twice a day, with a quart of water, to which a large -tablespoonful of the wash has been added, using a soft sponge. - -The discoloration of the solution indicates its complete loss of power as -a disinfectant. - -The bottle must be kept tightly corked, as impurities in the air will, in -time, impair its value. - - -_ANTISPASMODIC TINCTURE._ - -(_For Man or Beast._) - -Oils of cajeput, cloves, peppermint, anise, of each 1 oz.; of alcohol, -1 quart. Mix together, and bottle for use. Dose, for horse, 1 oz. every -15 minutes, in a little whisky and warm water, sweetened with molasses. -Continue till relieved. - -Dose for man, one teaspoonful. - - - - -RECORD OF FAST HORSES FOR 1875. - - -The author of this work would not have the reader imagine that he is -known to the popular world as a sporting man, but believing his book will -come into the hands of not only lovers of the noble animal as a beast of -burden, and highly prized by the honest yeomanry of this continent, but -into the hands also of those who admire more for qualities of speed, as -exhibited on the turf, deems it advisable to gratify the appetite of all -who appreciate fast trotting, by devoting a corner to record the driving -of all horses having a public record of 2.30, or better. Considerable -trouble and expense has attended the research, and it embraces a complete -list of horses that have shown on the turf since 1870, compiled in the -most accurate manner, and alphabetically arranged. - - Abdallah, b. s. 2.30 - Adelaide, b. m. 2.22½ - Ajax, b. s. 2.29 - Albert, blk. g. 2.24¾ - Albion Boy, b. g. 2.30 - Alice, b. m. 2.25 - Allie West, blk. s. 2.25 - Alton Boy 2.29½ - [2]American Girl, b. m. 2.16½ - Amy, b. m. 2.22¼ - Amy B, b. m. 2.30 - Annie Collins, b. m. 2.26 - Arthur, blk. g. 2.28¼ - Aurora, s. m. 2.27 - Baby Boy, wh. g. 2.30 - Badger Girl, g. m. 2.25½ - Barney Kelley, b. g. 2.26¼ - Bashaw, Jr. 2.25 - Bashaw Maid, ch. m. 2.30 - Basil Duke, cr. g. 2.28½ - Bateman, b. g. 2.27 - Bay Henry, b. g. 2.30 - Bay Jack 2.30 - Bay Sallie, b. m. 2.30 - Bay Whalebone, b. g. 2.26¼ - Bella, b. m. 2.22 - Belle, b. m. 2.28¼ - Belle Brasfield, b. m. 2.25¼ - Belle Deane, blk. m. 2.30 - Belle of Toronto, g. m. 2.28½ - Ben Cummings, ch. s. 2.26 - Ben Flagler, g. g. 2.26½ - Ben Morrill, br. s. 2.28 - Ben Smith, b. g. 2.28½ - Ben Star, b. g. 2.24¾ - Beppo, or J. W. Conley, b. g. 2.24½ - Bertie, g. m. 2.27 - Billy Hoskins, g. g. 2.26¼ - Billy Lambertson, b. g. 2.28¼ - Billy Platter, g. g. 2.26 - Black Bird, blk. s. 2.22 - Black George, blk. s. 2.23¾ - Black Mack, blk. g. 2.26½ - Black Swan, blk. m. 2.28½ - Blanche, blk. m. 2.23½ - Bodine, b. g. 2.19¼ - Bonner, ch. g. 2.23 - Breeze, b. g. 2.25½ - Bristol Bill, g. g. 2.29 - Bro. Jonathan, b. g. 2.24¼ - Brown Dick, br. s. 2.24½ - Brown Jack, br. g. 2.28½ - Bully Brooks, b. g. 2.30 - Buzz, br. g. 2.28½ - Byron, s. s. 2.25½ - Caledonia Chief, ch. s. 2.29½ - California Dexter, b. g. 2.27 - Calmar, b. g. 2.30 - [2]Camors, blk. g. 2.19¾ - Capitola, b. m. 2.29½ - Captain, b. s. 2.28 - Captain Jinks, s. g. 2.30 - Carrie, b. m. 2.24½ - Castle Boy, b. g. 2.21 - Catskill Girl, b. m. 2.28½ - Cattaraugus Chief, b. g. 2.29½ - Chas. E. Loew, blk. s. 2.25½ - Chas. Hinson, g. g. 2.28 - Charlie Green, b. g. 2.26¼ - Clara G., b. m. 2.26 - Clarence, ch. g. 2.27½ - Clementine, b. m. 2.21 - Colbourne, dun. g. 2.30 - Col. Barnes, ch. g. 2.28½ - Col. Moulton, ch. s. 2.28½ - Col. Russell, b. g. 2.25¾ - Col. Pike, b. g. 2.29½ - Comee, b. g. 2.24½ - Commodore, b. g. 2.25 - Commonwealth, br. s. 2.24½ - Cozette, blk. m. 2.23 - Crown Prince, wh. g. 2.25 - Dan, br. g. 2.28½ - Daniel Boone, g. g. 2.28¾ - Dan Voorhies 2.26 - Defiance, blk. s. 2.29½ - Defiance, br. g. 2.24¼ - Delhi, b. g. 2.29½ - Denmark, br. g. 2.30 - Derby, b. g. 2.25½ - Dick Jamison, b. g. 2.26 - Dinah, rn. m. 2.30 - Doble, blk. s. 2.28 - Dolly, b. m. 2.30 - Don Elipha (buckskin mustang) 2.30 - Dot, b. g. 2.29¾ - Doubtful, g. g. 2.29½ - Draco Prince, blk. s. 2.24½ - Dreadnaught, ch. g. 2.27½ - Duchess, b. m. 2.28 - Duke, b. g. 2.26½ - Dutchman, b. g. 2.30 - Ella Wilson, b. m. 2.30 - Ella Lewis, br. m. 2.27 - Eva, b. m. 2.25¼ - Ella Madden, b. m. 2.26¾ - Ella Wright, b. m. 2.24¾ - Everett Ray, b. g. 2.25 - Edginton 2.26 - Ed. White, p. g. 2.27 - Easton Boy, wh. g. 2.25½ - Ella Elwood, b. m. 2.29 - Elmo, ch. s. 2.27 - Fleetwood, ch. g. 2.29 - Frank Wood, b. g. 2.24 - Frank, br. m. 2.27¼ - Factory Girl, b. m. 2.29¼ - Flora Bell, b. m. 2.22¾ - Flora Bell, ch. m. 2.30 - Frank Palmer, b. g. 2.26¼ - Fannie, ch. m. 2.29 - Frank J., dun. g. 2.23¾ - Frank Davis, 2.30 - Frank Munson, 2.30 - Frank Reeves, 2.30 - Fox, b. g. 2.30 - Fred Hooper, b. g. 2.23 - Fleety Golddust, g. m. 2.20 - Filbert, g. g. 2.28 - Fanny Otis, b. m. 2.28¾ - Falmouth Boy, b. g. 2.29½ - Frank Ferguson, br. g. 2.27 - Flora Shepard, b. m. 2.30 - George Miller, b. g. 2.30 - Gray Jack, g. g. 2.28¼ - Glengarry, b. g. 2.27 - George Treat, 2.28½ - George M. Patchen, 2.23½ - Gray Alex, g. g. 2.28¾ - Gazelle, b. m. 2.21 - Grace, b. m. 2.27¼ - Goldsmith Maid, b. m. 2.14 - George, b. g. 2.24½ - Gen. Sherman, g. g. 2.28¾ - Gold Leaf, s. g. 2.28¼ - Gen. Grant, s. s. 2.20 - Granville, ch. g. 2.29 - Governor, b. g. 2.30 - Gen. Howard, br. g. 2.30 - [2]Gloster, b. g. 2.17 - Geo. B. Daniels, s. g. 2.24 - Grafton, ch. g. 2.22¼ - Gen. Picton, g. g. 2.30 - Gen. Love, s. s. 2.30 - Gray Chief, g. g. 2.26½ - Great Eastern, br. g. 2.28¾ - Gen. Garfield, b. g. 2.21 - Gray Eddy, g. g. 2.27 - Gov. Sprague, blk. s. (4 years, public trial, 1 mile) 2.21¼ - Grace Bertram, ch. m. 2.29 - Grand Duchess, b. m. 2.26½ - Henry, b. g. 2.20¼ - Hannah D., b. m. 2.27½ - Harry Mitchel, b. g. 2.28¼ - H. C. Hill, br. g. 2.25½ - Honesty, b. s. 2.26 - Huntress, b. m. 2.21¼ - Hattie, ch. m. 2.30 - Hopeful, g. g. 2.17¼ - Hotspur, b. g. 2.23¾ - Hamperion, br. s. 2.29½ - H. W. Genet, b. s. 2.25½ - Huckleberry, b. g. 2.26½ - Herod, br. g. 2.29 - Hope, s. g. 2.28 - Haviland, b. g. 2.29½ - Honest Harry, m. g. 2.25 - Honest Dutchman, 2.26½ - Harry Harley, b. g. 2.25¾ - Harvest Queen, b. m. 2.29½ - Hal. Terrel, b. g. 2.28¾ - Idol, ch. m. 2.27¼ - Idol, b. m. 2.23 - J. N. Mansua, b. g. 2.29½ - Joe Udell, b. g. 2.30 - John Stuart, b. g. 2.30 - Joe Brown, g. s. 2.26½ - Jerome, ch. g. 2.28½ - Jas. Howell, Jr. 2.24 - Jubilee Lambert, br. s. 2.25 - Judge Fullerton, ch. g. 2.18 - Joker, b. g. 2.23 - Jennie, b. m. 2.22½ - John H., b. g. 2.23 - Jim Irving, b. g. 2.23 - Jack Draper, g. g. 2.29 - John W. Hall, ch. g. 2.25 - Joe Green, b. s. 2.29½ - John T. Rich, b. s. 2.28 - John C. Fero, br. g. 2.27½ - John Morrissey, ch. g. 2.26½ - J. J. Bradley, b. g. 2.25½ - [2]J. H. Burke, blk. g. 2.27½ - J. D. McMann, b. g. 2.28¾ - Jackson, b. s. 2.27¾ - Joe, or Triumph, s. g. 2.25¼ - John E., b. g. 2.28¾ - Jay Gould, b. s. 2.20½ - J. G. Blaine, blk. g. 2.28¼ - Joe Coburn, 2.30 - Judge Robertson, b. g. 2.29 - John T., br. g. (fraud same as Huckleberry), 2.29½ - [2]Kilburn Jim, b. s. 2.23 - Ki-Ki, b. g. 2.28 - Kittie D., b. m. 2.26¼ - Kansas Chief, b. g. 2.21½ - Kate Campbell, br. m. 2.25½ - Kittie Cook, br. m. 2.29½ - Kate Bennett, rn. m. 2.29¼ - Lady Blanchard, g. m. 2.26¼ - Lady Garfield, b. m. 2.29½ - Lady Hughes, b. m. 2.30 - [2]Lady Hamilton, b. m. 2.30 - Lydia Thompson, b. m. 2.26¼ - Little Longfellow, s. g. 2.29¼ - License, ch. g. 2.26½ - Lothair, blk. s. 2.29½ - Lothair, br. g. (fraud same as Small Hope), 2.28¼ - Little Gipsy, b. m. 2.28 - Lew Ives, b. g. 2.28 - Lady Mack, b. m. 2.25 - Logan, s. s. 2.28 - Lucille Golddust, b. m. 2.19½ - Lady Dahlman, br. m. 2.28 - Lizzie Keller, br. m. 2.30 - Lady Thompson, 2.28 - Lady Star, br. m. 2.24¼ - Little Mack, br. s. 2.28½ - Lady Griswold, g. m. 2.29 - Lewinski, b. g. 2.26¾ - Lady Emma, ch. m. 2.28 - Lady Star, 2.25 - Little Fred, b. g. 2.25 - Lady Blanche, b. m. 2.28¼ - Lady Turpin, blk. m. 2.23 - Lottery, g. g. 2.27 - Lulu, b. m. 2.14¾ - Lady Williams, ch. m. 2.28½ - Lady Banker, b. m. 2.23 - Lady Snell, b. m. 2.23¼ - Lida Picton, br. m. 2.27½ - Lady Stout, ch. m. 2.29 - Lew Scott, b. g. 2.30 - Lady Elgin, g. m. 2.27¾ - Lillie Shields, s. m. 2.29½ - Lady Byron, blk. m. 2.28 - Lady H., g. m. 2.30 - Lady Maud, b. m. 2.18¼ - Lady Ross, b. m. 2.29¾ - Major Edsall, b. s. 2.29 - Major Allen, s. g. 2.24¼ - Mat. Smith, b. s. 2.26½ - Mountain Boy, b. g. 2.20¾ - Myron Perry, b. g. 2.24½ - Mollie Morris, ch. m. 2.22 - Mila Caldwell, s. m. 2.26½ - Mack, g. g. 2.28 - Mary A. Whitney, b. m. 2.28 - May Howard, g. m. 2.24½ - Molsey, b. m. 2.21¾ - Mary Davis, b. m. 2.26¼ - Music, ch. m. 2.21¾ - Mollie, b. m. 2.28¾ - Mystic, b. g. 2.22 - Maud, b. m. 2.29¾ - Medoc, g. g. 2.28½ - Mambrino Star, b. g. 2.28½ - Mambrino Gift, br. s. 2.20 - Monarch, Jr., rn. s. 2.25½ - Monroe, ch. s. 2.28½ - Mac, br. g. 2.27¾ - Magnolia, g. g. 2.26¼ - Major Root, br. g. 2.27 - Major King, s. g. 2.30 - May Queen, b. m. 2.20 - May Bird, blk. m. 2.27 - Maggie Briggs, b. m. 2.27 - Moscow, blk. g. 2.28¾ - Mazoumanie, ch. g. 2.27¼ - Mohawk, Jr., b. s. 2.25 - Mary, b. m. 2.28 - Newberlin Girl, b. m. 2.29½ - None Such, s. m. 2.25½ - Natchez, blk. g. 2.30 - Nellie Gray, 2.24 - Nellie Irwin, b. m. 2.25 - Nick, br. g. 2.29¾ - Nettie, b. m. 2.18 - Nino, b. g. 2.29¾ - Ned Forrest, blk g. 2.28½ - Nellie, g. m. 2.30 - Nellie Walton, b. m. 2.26 - North Star Mambrino, 2.26½ - Nettie Burlew, b. m. 2.25½ - Nerea, s. m. 2.23½ - Ned Wallace, b. s. 2.29 - Ohio Boy, b. g. 2.27¼ - Observer, ch. g. 2.24¼ - Orient, s. g. 2.24 - Oakland Maid, g. m. 2.26 - Occident, br. g. 2.16¾ - Prince Allen, ch. s. 2.26½ - Patchen Chief, blk. s. 2.25½ - Pownall Mare, br. m. 2.29 - Pat Ring, 2.28 - Polly, or Tackney 2.26 - Phil Sheridan, blk. s. 2.26½ - Pilot Temple, b. s. 2.24½ - Parkis’ Abdallah, b. s. 2.26¾ - Prince, rn. g. 2.28 - Preston, dun. g. 2.28½ - Planter, 2.30 - Prospero, 2.22½ - Pumpkin, 2.27½ - Queen of the West, 2.26¼ - Royal John, g. g. 2.27½ - Red Dick, ch. g. 2.28 - Rolla Golddust, b. g. 2.25 - Rhode Island, br. s. 2.23½ - [2]Ripon Boy, b. s. 2.25¾ - Rosalind, b. m. 2.21¾ - Ross, sp. g. 2.29¾ - Rex Patchen, b. s. 2.30 - Randall, ch. g. 2.24½ - Red Cloud, b. g. 2.18 - Rattler, b. g. 2.27 - Royal George, g. g. 2.26½ - Rosewood, br. m. 2.27 - Rarus, b. g. 2.20¾ - Rival, g. s. 2.30 - Rutledge, b. g. 2.30 - St. Elmo, g. g. 2.29¼ - Sleepy John, b. g. 2.24½ - Shakespeare, ch. s. 2.30 - Susie Parker, b. m. 2.27½ - Sentinel, b. s. 2.29½ - Skinkel’s Hambletonian, b. s. 2.28¾ - St. James, b. g. 2.23¼ - Sam Purdy, b. g. 2.23¼ - Spotted Colt, sp. g. 2.25½ - Stump Puller, or Columbia Chief, blk. s. 2.30 - Shepard Knapp, Jr., b. g. 2.27¾ - Sisson Girl, blk. m. 2.28½ - Star, s. g. 2.30 - Snowball, wh. g. 2.27½ - Scotland Maid, b. m. 2.28½ - Silver Side, g. g. 2.30 - Stewart Maloney, b. g. 2.27 - Surprise, g. g. 2.26 - Sam West, b. g. 2.29 - Star of the West, bk. s. 2.26½ - Smuggler, b. s. 2.20 - Susie, s. m. 2.25 - Sleepy Tom, b. g. 2.30 - Simon, ch. g. 2.30 - Snowflake, g. m. 2.22 - Sir Wm. Wallace, b. s. 2.27¾ - Swallow, b. m. 2.30 - Sea Foam, g. m. 2.24½ - Sunbeam, b. m. 2.30 - San Bruno, br. g. 2.25¼ - Silas Rich, s. s. 2.28 - Sconchin, 2.25¼ - Sensation, 2.24½ - Sorrel Frank, 2.28¾ - Sucker State, 2.28¼ - St. Julien, b. s. 2.22½ - Sciota Belle, br. m. 2.28 - Tennessee, br. m. 2.27 - Tanner Boy, g. g. 2.27 - Twilight, wh. m. 2.27¾ - Tom Wonder, br. g. 2.29 - Tom Hendricks, 2.30 - Thos. L. Young, ch. g. 2.19½ - Tom Keeler, b. g. 2.26 - Thos. Jefferson, blk. s. 2.23 - Tom Britton, br. g. 2.27½ - Tom Walter, s. g. 2.29 - Tom Moore, b. g. 2.28 - T. A., b. g. 2.28 - Tom Brown, s. g. 2.27½ - Unknown, ch. g. 2.23 - Viola, b. m. 2.28 - Vanity Fair, b. g. 2.24¼ - Western, b. g. 2.30 - Western Girl, b. m. 2.27 - W. B. Whitman, or Billy Barr, 2.23¾ - W. K. Thomas, g. g. 2.26½ - W. H. Allen, b. s. 2.23¼ - Winthrop Morrill, Jr. 2.28¾ - White Cloud, wh. g. 2.27½ - Whitestockings, 2.30 - Westfield, ch. g. 2.26½ - Wild Oats, br. g. 2.29¼ - Wellesley Boy, b. g. 2.26¾ - Whalebone, b. g. 2.29 - Young Bruno, b. g. 2.22¾ - York State, b. g. 2.23¼ - Young Rattler, 2.30 - Young Magna, b. g. 2.29 - Young Grafton, ch. h. 2.30 - Zephyr, br. m. 2.30 - -[2] Dead. - - - - -RULES AND REGULATIONS ADOPTED BY THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE AMERICAN -TROTTING TURF. - - -RULE 1.—_Mandate._—All trotting and pacing engagements and performances -over the several courses which are, or shall be represented by membership -in the “NATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR THE PROMOTION OF THE INTERESTS OF THE -AMERICAN TROTTING TURF,” and each and every person who shall in any -way be concerned or employed therein, as well as all associations and -proprietors themselves who are or shall become members of said National -Association, shall be governed by the following rules from and after -February 4th, 1874. [See also Articles 12 and 13 of By-Laws.] - -RULE 2.—_Entries._—All entries for premiums must be made under cover, -enclosing the entrance money for purses and forfeits in sweepstakes, and -sealed and addressed to or deposited with the Secretary, or other person -authorized to receive the same, at such time and place as shall have been -prescribed. - -Notices by telegraph of intention to enter shall be received up to the -hour advertised for closing, and all such entries shall be eligible, -provided the entrance fee specified shall be paid in due course, by mail -or otherwise. [See also Art. 17 of By-Laws.] - -It shall be the duty of the Secretary, or other person authorized, to -prepare the list of entries for publication, comprising all information -necessary for the enlightenment of the general public and parties to the -race; and all entries as aforesaid shall be opened and announced at a -public meeting, of which reasonable notice by advertisement or otherwise -shall be given to the parties in interest. - -RULE 3.—_Entrance Fee._—The entrance fee shall be 10 per cent. of the -purse, unless otherwise specified; and any person failing to pay his -entrance dues may, together with his horse or horses, be suspended until -they are paid in full, which shall be with an addition of 10 per cent. -penalty and interest at 7 per cent. per annum until paid—the penalty -to go to the National Association. _Provided_, that no such suspension -imposed after April 1, 1874, shall be lawful unless imposed within -sixty days from the close of the meeting; _and further provided_, that -any entry which shall be accepted upon conditions differing from those -applied by the terms of the race to other entries in the same class shall -be regarded a “conditional entry,” and as such shall be void. And any -associate member who shall accept any such conditional entry, shall, -upon satisfactory evidence produced to the Board of Appeals, be held to -forfeit to the National Association 20 per cent. of the amount of the -purse in which such conditional entry has been accepted. - -RULE 4.—_How Many to Enter._—In all purses three or more entries are -required, and two to start, unless otherwise specified. - -RULE 5.—_Horses to be Eligible when Entries Close._—A horse shall not be -eligible to start in any race that has beaten the time advertised prior -to the closing of the entries for the race in which he is entered, unless -otherwise specified in the published conditions. - -Horses shall not be eligible if the time specified has been beaten by -them at a greater distance; that is, a horse having made two miles in -five minutes is eligible for a 2:30 race, but not eligible for a race -limited to horses of a slower class than that. - -RULE 6.—_Description and Name of each Horse Required._—An accurate and -satisfactory description of each entry will be required, and shall be in -the following form, to wit: - -_Color._—The color and marks shall be accurately given. - -_Sex._—It shall be distinctly stated whether the entry be a stallion, -mare, or gelding, and the names of the sire and dam shall be given in -all cases (and when unknown shall be so stated in the entry), under -penalty of $25 fine for each omission. And the pedigree so given shall be -published by the associate member with the advertisement of entries. - -_Name of Horse._—Every horse shall be named, and the name correctly and -plainly written in the entry; and after trotting in a public race such -name shall not be changed, except by permission of the Board of Appeals, -and upon payment of a recording fee of $10, the fee to go to the National -Association; for each violation of this requirement a fine of $100 shall -be imposed, together with suspension or expulsion; and if the horse -has ever trotted in a public race the last name under which he or she -trotted shall be given with the entry; and if the name has been changed -within two years, each name he or she has borne during that time must be -given; and if any horse without a name has ever trotted in a public race, -mention must be made in the entry of a sufficient number of his or her -most recent performances, to enable interested parties to identify the -animal; _provided_, that it shall not be necessary to furnish any one -association or proprietor with the same record the second time. - -In entries and nominations hereafter made, the words “no name” shall -not be received as a name; neither shall such descriptive words as “bay -horse,” “gray mare,” &c., be allowed as names, under penalty of a fine -not to exceed the entrance fee, to be imposed on the member who violates -this restriction. - -A horse having once been named, shall not again start in a race on -any course in the United States or Canada without a name, nor under a -different name, unless the foregoing requirements have been complied with. - -_Double Teams._—In all double-team races the entry must contain the name -and description of each horse, in the manner provided for entry of single -horses. - -RULE 7.—_Name and Address._—The residence and post-office address, in -full, of the person or persons in whose name an entry is made, and if -he or they be not the owner, then that of the owner or owners also must -accompany each nomination. - -RULE 8.—_Entries that Cannot Start._—As many horses may be entered by one -party, or as many horses trained in the same stable as may be desired, -but only one that has been owned or controlled in whole or in part by the -same person or persons, or trained in the same stable within ten days -preceding the race, can start in any race of heats. - -RULE 9.—_No purse for a “Walk Over.”_—No purse will be awarded for a -“walk over,” but in cases where only one of the horses entered for any -premium shall appear on the course, he shall be entitled to his own -entrance money and to one-half of the entrance money received from all -other horses entered for said premium. - -RULE 10.—_In Case of Death, Engagements Void._—All engagements, including -obligations for entrance fees, shall be void upon the decease of either -party or horse, so far as they shall affect the deceased party or horse; -but forfeits, also matches made play or pay, shall not be affected by the -death of a horse. - -RULE 11.—_Match Races._—In all match races these rules shall govern, -unless the contrary be expressly stipulated and assented to by the club, -association, or proprietor of the course over which the race is to come -off. - -RULE 12.—_When Matches Become Play or Pay._—In all matches made to come -off over any of the associate courses, the parties shall place the amount -of the match in the hands of the stakeholder one day before the event -(omitting Sunday) is to come off, at such time and place as the club, -association, or proprietor, upon application may determine, and the race -shall then become play or pay. - -RULE 13.—_Purse or Stakes Wrongfully Obtained._—A person obtaining a -purse or stake through fraud or error shall return it to the Treasurer -if demanded within one year, or be punished as follows: He, together -with the parties implicated in the wrong, and the horse or horses, shall -be expelled until such demand is complied with, and such stake or purse -shall be awarded to the party justly entitled to the same. - -RULE 14.—_Fraudulent Entries, or Meddling with Horses._—Any person found -guilty of dosing or tampering with any horse, or of making a fraudulent -entry of any horse, or of disguising a horse with intent to conceal his -identity, or being in any way concerned in such a transaction, shall be -expelled. - -Any horse that shall have been painted or disguised, to represent another -or a different horse, or shall have been entered in a purse in which he -does not belong, shall forfeit the entrance money and be expelled. - -RULE 15.—_Reward._—A reward of $50 will be paid to the person who shall -first give information leading to the detection and conviction of any -fraudulent entry and the parties thereto, to be paid out of the funds -of the National Association for the Promotion of the Interests of the -American Trotting Turf, by the Treasurer, upon the decision and order of -the Board of Appeals; _provided_, that this shall not be construed to -extend to courses outside of this Association. - -RULE 16.—_Protests._—Protests maybe made verbally before or during a -race, and shall be reduced to writing, and shall contain at least one -specific charge, and, when required, a statement of the nature of the -evidence upon which they are based, and they shall be filed with the -Judges, Association, or proprietor before the close of the meeting. - -The Judges shall in every case of protest demand that the rider or -driver, and the owner or owners, if present, shall immediately testify -under oath, in the manner hereinafter provided; and in case of their -refusal to do so, the horse shall not be allowed thereupon to start or -continue in that race, but shall be considered and declared ruled out, -with forfeit of entrance money. - -But if the parties do comply, and take the oath as herein required, -unless the Judges find conclusive evidence to warrant excluding the -horse, they shall allow him to start or continue in the race under -protest, and the premium, if any is won by that horse, shall be retained -a sufficient length of time (say three weeks) to allow the parties -interested a chance to sustain the allegations of the protest, or to -furnish information which shall warrant an investigation of the matter -by the associate member, or the Board of Appeals, and all outside bets -on such horse shall be held in abeyance pending the decision of such -protest; _provided_, that where no action as aforesaid has been taken to -sustain a protest, during three weeks, the associate member shall proceed -as if such protest had not been made. - -In any heat which such protested horse shall win, the Judges shall waive -the application of a distance as to all other horses, except for “fouls” -defined in Rule 48. - -When a protest is presented before or during a race, and the parties -refuse to make the prescribed oath, if the Judges believe the refusal is -designed to favor a fraud, they may require the horse under protest to -start or continue in the race. - -Any person found guilty of protesting a horse falsely and without cause, -or merely with intent to embarrass a race, shall be punished by a fine -not exceeding $100, or by suspension not to exceed one year, or by -expulsion. - -When a protest has been duly made, or any information lodged with the -Judges in support of a protest, alleging an improper entry or any act -prohibited or punishable under these rules, the same shall not be -withdrawn or surrendered before the expiration of three weeks, without -the approbation of the association or proprietor of the course upon which -such protest or information was produced; and if any association or -proprietor shall permit such a withdrawal of protest or information, with -a corrupt motive to favor any party who shall be affected by the same, -the association or proprietor so permitting, if convicted thereof by the -Board of Appeals, shall be expelled from all connection with the National -Association. - -Associations or proprietors shall be warranted in retaining the premium -of any horse, during the time herein mentioned, without any formal -protest, if before it is paid they shall receive information in their -judgment tending to establish fraud. - -The oath required in answer to protest shall be in the following form, to -wit: - -I ________ of ________ in the County of ________ State of ________ -on oath depose and say that I am the ________ of the ________ called -________ the same entered in a purse for horses that have never trotted -better than ________ minutes and ________ seconds, to be trotted this -day on this course, and the same that has been protested, and to which -protest this affidavit is in answer, hereby declare and affirm that -to the best of my knowledge and belief said before-mentioned horse is -eligible to start or compete in the race aforesaid; and that I fully -believe all the provisions and conditions required in the rules and -regulations for the government or trials of speed over this course were -fully and honestly complied with in making the entry aforesaid. - -Given under my hand, at ________ this ________ day of ________ A. D. -187__. - - ________________ - -Subscribed and sworn to before me, this ________ day of ________ A. D. -187__. - - ________________ - - _Justice of the Peace._ - -[NOTE.—In the absence of a Justice of the Peace, if this oath be -administered by an officer of the association, or one of the Judges -of the race, it will be considered sufficient for the purposes of the -National Association.] - -RULE 17.—_When Horses Shall not be Drawn._—No horse shall be drawn except -by permission of the Judges of the race, under penalty of being expelled, -unless at or before seven o’clock P. M. of the day preceding the race -(omitting Sunday), the proper party shall have lodged with the President, -Secretary, or proprietor of the course, a written notice of his intention -not to start, after which notice the horse so drawn shall be ineligible -to start in the race. - -Parties having two or more entries in one race shall elect which they -will not start, and notify their decision at the same time, in the same -manner, and under the same penalty as provided above. - -RULE 18.—_Power of Postponement._—In case of unfavorable weather, or -other unavoidable cause, each association or proprietor shall have power -to postpone to the next fair day and good track (omitting Sunday), all -purses or sweepstakes, or any race to which they have contributed money, -upon giving notice thereof; and they may exercise this power before or -after the race has commenced. [See also Rule 19.] - -RULE 19.—_No Trotting After Dark._—No heat shall be trotted when it is so -dark that the horses cannot be plainly seen by the Judges from the stand, -but all such races shall be continued by the Judges to the next fair day -(omitting Sunday), at such hour as they shall designate. - -In all matches and stakes, the above rule shall govern, unless otherwise -especially agreed between the parties and the association or proprietors. - -RULE 20.—_Weights and Weighing._—Every horse starting for purse, -sweepstake, or match, in any trotting or pacing race, shall carry, if to -wagon or sulky, 150 lbs., exclusive of harness: and if under the saddle, -145 lbs., the saddle and whip only to be weighed with the rider. - -Riders and drivers shall weigh in the presence of one or more of the -Judges previous to starting for any race, and after each heat shall come -to the starting stand, and not dismount or leave their vehicles without -permission of the Judges, and those who are deficient in bodily weight -shall be re-weighed after each heat. Any rider or driver not bringing -in his required weight shall be distanced, unless such decision shall -be deemed to favor a fraud. But a rider or driver thrown or taken by -force from his horse or vehicle, after having passed the winning-post, -shall not be considered as having dismounted without permission of -the Judges, and if disabled may be carried to the Judges’ stand to be -weighed, and the Judges may take the circumstances into consideration -and decide accordingly. And the riders or drivers who shall carry during -the heat and bring home with them the weights which have been approved -or announced correct and proper by the Judges, shall be subject to no -penalty for light weight in that heat; provided the Judges are satisfied -the mistake or fault was their own, and that there has been no deception -on the part of the rider or driver who shall be deficient in weight; but -all parties shall thereafter carry the required weight. - -RULE 21.—_Handicaps and Miscellaneous Weights._—In matches or handicaps, -where extra or lesser weights are to be carried, the Judges shall -carefully examine and ascertain before starting, whether the riders, -drivers or vehicles are of such weights as have been agreed upon or -required by the match or handicap, and thereafter the riders and drivers -shall be subject to the same penalties and conditions as if they were to -carry the weights prescribed by the rules. - -RULE 22.—_When Riders and Drivers are Overweight._—If the bodily weight -of any rider or driver shall be found to exceed that which is prescribed -in the rules, or that which is required by the conditions of the race, -and the overweight shall exceed twenty pounds, it shall be announced -from the stand before the heat; and the judges shall have power, if in -their belief such extra weight was imposed on the horse for an improper -or fraudulent purpose, to substitute another rider or driver of suitable -weight; and if they believe the horse has been prejudiced in the race by -such overweight, he shall not be allowed to start again or continue in -the race, and all outside bets on such horse shall be declared off. [See -also Rule 28.] - -A horse prevented by this rule from continuing in the race shall not be -distanced, but _ruled out_. - -RULE 23.—_Length of Whips._—Riders and drivers will be allowed whips -not to exceed the following lengths: For saddle horses, 2 ft. 10 in,; -sulkies, 4 ft. 8 in.; wagons, 5 ft. 10 in.; double teams, 8 ft. 6 in.; -tandem teams and four-in-hand, unlimited: snappers, not longer than three -inches, will be allowed in addition to the foregoing measurement. - -RULE 24.—_Judges’ Stand._—None but the Judges of the race in progress, -and their assistants, shall be allowed in the Judges’ stand during the -pendency of a heat, except members of the Board of Appeals. - -RULE 25.—_Selection of Judges._—[See also Art. 13 of By-Laws.] In -every exhibition or race, over any course represented in the National -Association, each course for itself, through the proprietor or -association controlling the same, shall choose or authorize the selection -of three (3) competent Judges, for the day or race, who shall understand -the rules of the said National Association, and shall rigidly enforce the -same; and all their decisions shall be subject to and in conformity with -said rules. - -Any person having any interest in, or any bet dependent upon the result -of a race, or having any interest in either of the horses engaged -therein, shall thereby be disqualified and restricted from acting as a -Judge in that race. And if any person who is thus disqualified shall -intentionally and deceptively violate this restriction, he shall, upon -conviction thereof by the Board of Appeals, be adjudged guilty of a -dishonorable act, for which he shall be expelled from every course -represented in said National Association. - -RULE 26.—_Authority of Judges._—The Judges of the day or race shall have -authority, while presiding, to appoint distance and patrol judges and -timers; to inflict fines and penalties, as prescribed by these rules; -to determine all questions of fact relating to the race over which they -preside; to decide respecting any matters of difference between parties -to the race, or any contingent matter which shall arise, such as are not -otherwise provided for in these rules; but all their decisions shall be -in strict conformity with the rules, or with the principles thereof. -They shall have control over the horses about to start, and the riders -or drivers and assistants of the horses, and, in the absence of other -provision in these rules, they shall have authority to punish by a fine -not exceeding $100, or by suspension or expulsion, any such person who -shall fail to obey their orders or the rules. - -RULE 27.—_Distance and Patrol Judges._—In all races of heats there shall -be a Distance Judge appointed by the Judges of the race or by those in -authority, who shall remain in the distance stand during the heats, and -immediately after each heat shall repair to the Judges’ stand and report -to the Judges the horse or horses that are distanced, and all foul or -improper conduct, if any has occurred under his observation. - -Patrol Judges may be similarly appointed, and it shall be their duty -to repair in like manner to the Judges’ stand, and report all foul or -improper conduct, if any has occurred under their observation. - -RULE 28.—_Powers and Duties of Judges._—The Judges shall be in the stand -fifteen minutes before the time for starting the race; they shall weigh -the riders or drivers, and determine the positions of the horses, and -inform each rider or driver of his place, before starting; they may -require the riders and drivers to be properly dressed; they shall be -prepared to take the time of each heat in the race, and they may appoint -some suitable person or persons to assist them in that respect, and the -time so taken shall be recorded and announced in conformity with these -rules. [See also Rules 39 and 40, and Art. 13 of By-Laws.] - -The Judges shall ring the bell, or give other notice, ten minutes -previous to the time announced for the race to come off, which shall be -notice to all parties to prepare for the race at the appointed time, -when all the horses must appear at the stand, ready for the race, and -any rider or driver failing to obey this summons may be punished by a -fine not exceeding $100, or his horse may be ruled out by the Judges -and considered drawn; but in all stakes and matches a failure to appear -promptly at the appointed time shall render the delinquent party liable -to forfeit. - -The result of a heat shall not be announced until the Judges are -satisfied as to the weights of the riders or drivers, and sufficient time -has elapsed to receive the reports of the Distance and Patrol Judges. - -The Judges shall not notice or consider complaints of foul from any -person or persons except the Distance and Patrol Judges appointed by -themselves or by those in authority, and from owners, riders, or drivers -in the race. - -If the Judges believe that a horse is being or has been “pulled,” or -has been ridden or driven in other respects improperly, with a design -to prevent his winning a heat which he was evidently able to win, and -that such act was done on the part of the rider or driver for the -purpose of throwing the race, or to perpetrate or aid a fraud, they -may declare that heat void, and they shall have power to substitute a -competent and reliable rider or driver for the remainder of the race, -who shall be paid a reasonable compensation for his services, but not -to exceed $50; and any professional rider or driver who, without good -and sufficient reason, refuses to be so substituted, may be fined, -suspended, or expelled, by order of the Judges and upon approval of the -Board of Appeals; and if the result and circumstances of the race shall -confirm their belief, the rider or driver so removed shall be expelled -by the Judges. And at the close of the race, if they are warranted under -the foregoing circumstances in deciding that such improper conduct has -changed the result of the race to the prejudice of innocent parties, -they shall declare all outside bets “off,” and if the owner or person or -persons controlling the offending horse shall be a party or parties to -such fraud, he or they, together with the horse, shall be punished by -expulsion. [See also Rules 22 and 48.] - -RULE 29.—_Starting and Keeping Positions._—No rider or driver shall cause -unnecessary delay after the horses are called up, either by neglecting -to prepare for the race in time, or by failing to come for the word, or -otherwise; and in scoring, if the word is not given, all the horses in -the race shall immediately turn, at the tap of the bell or other signal -given, and jog back for a fresh start. But there shall be no recall after -the starting word or signal has been given. _Provided, however_, that if -the Judges shall through any error give signal of recall, _after having -given the word_, DISTANCE shall be waived in that heat, except for foul -riding or driving. - -When the Judges are prevented from giving a fair start by a horse or -horses persistently scoring ahead of others, or being refractory, or from -any other fault of either horse, rider, or driver, it shall be their -duty, after three scorings, to select one of the contending horses, of -average speed compared with the others, and no driver shall come up in -advance of said horse before crossing the score. - -No driver shall be allowed to sponge out his horse or horses oftener than -once in five times scoring. - -If these requirements are not complied with on the part of any rider or -driver, the Judges may not only start the race, or give the word without -regard to the absence or position of the offending party or parties, -but the offender may be punished by a fine not exceeding $100, or by -suspension not to exceed one year. - -In all cases, the starting word or signal shall be given from the Judges’ -stand, and in no instance shall a standing start be given. - -When, through any fault of either horse, rider, or driver, the Judges are -prevented from giving a fair and prompt start, they shall warn the faulty -party of the penalties to which he is subject, and if such warning is not -heeded, they shall rigidly enforce said penalties. - -The horse winning a heat shall take the pole (or inside position) the -succeeding heat, and all others shall take their positions in the order -assigned them in judging the last heat. When two or more horses shall -make a dead heat, the horses shall start for the succeeding heat in the -same positions they occupied at the finish of the dead heat. - -In coming out on the homestretch the foremost horse or horses shall keep -the positions first selected, or be liable to be distanced; and the -hindmost horse or horses, when there is sufficient room to pass on the -inside or anywhere on the homestretch, without interfering with others, -shall be allowed to do so, and any party interfering to prevent him or -them shall be distanced. - -If a horse, in attempting to pass another on the homestretch, should at -any time cross or swerve, so as to impede the progress of a horse behind -him, he shall not be entitled to win that heat. - -Although a leading horse is entitled to any part of the track, except -after selecting his position on the homestretch, he shall not change from -the right to the left, or from the inner to the outer side of the track, -during any part of the race, when another horse is so near him that in -altering his position he compels the horse behind him to shorten his -stride, or causes the rider or driver of such other horse to pull him out -of his stride; neither shall any horse, rider, or driver, cross, jostle, -or strike another horse, rider, or driver, nor swerve or do any other -thing that impedes the progress of another horse; nor shall any horse, in -passing a leading horse, take the track of the other horse so soon after -getting the lead as to cause the horse passed to shorten his stride. - -In any heat wherein there shall be a violation of any of these -restrictions, the offending horse shall not be entitled to win the -heat, and he shall be placed behind all other horses in that heat. And -if the impropriety was intentional on the part of the rider or driver, -the offending horse may be distanced, and the rider or driver shall be -suspended or expelled. [See also Rule 48.] - -RULE 30.—_Horses Breaking._—When any horse or horses break from their -gait in trotting or pacing, their riders or drivers shall at once pull -them to the gait in which they were to go the race, and any party failing -to comply with this requirement, if he come out ahead, shall lose the -heat, and the next best horse shall win the heat; and whether such -breaking horse come out ahead or not, all other horses shall be placed -ahead of him in that heat, and the Judges shall have discretionary power -to distance the offending horse or horses, and the rider or driver may be -punished by a fine not to exceed $100, or by suspension not exceeding one -year. - -Should the rider or driver comply with this requirement, and the horse -should gain by a break, twice the distance so gained shall be taken from -him at the coming out; but this provision must not be so construed as to -shield any trotting or pacing horse from punishment for running. - -In case of any horse (in a trotting race) repeatedly breaking, or -running, or pacing, while another horse is trotting, the Judges shall -punish the horse so breaking, running, or pacing, by placing him last in -the heat, or by distancing him. - -A horse breaking at or near the score shall be subject to the same -penalty as if he broke on any other part of the track. - -RULE 31.—_Relative to Heats and Horses Eligible to Start._—In heats, -one, two, three, or four miles, a horse not winning one heat in three, -shall not start for a fourth, unless such horse shall have made a dead -heat. In heats best three in five, a horse not winning a heat in the -first five shall not start for a sixth, unless said horse shall have -made a dead heat. But where ten or more horses start in a race, every -horse not distanced shall have the right to compete until the race is -completed—subject, however, to all other penalties in these rules. - -RULE 32.—_Dead Heats._—A dead heat shall be counted in the race, and -shall be considered a heat which is undecided only as between the horses -making it, and it shall be considered a heat that is lost by all the -other horses contending therein; and the time made in a dead heat shall -constitute a record for each horse making such dead heat. - -Whenever each of the horses making a dead heat would have been entitled -to terminate the race had he won said dead heat, they only shall start -again; and, in that case, each of the horses thus prevented from starting -shall retain his position in the award of premiums as if said dead heat -had been decided in favor of one of the horses which made the same a -“dead heat.” - -A horse prevented from starting by this rule shall not be distanced, but -ruled out. - -RULE 33.—_Time Between Heats._—The time between heats shall be twenty -minutes for mile heats; and for mile heats best three in five, -twenty-five minutes; and for two-mile heats, thirty minutes; for -three-mile heats, thirty-five minutes; and should there be a race of -four-mile heats, the time shall be forty minutes. - -After the first heat the horses shall be called five minutes prior to the -time of starting. - -RULE 34.—_Time Allowed in Case of Accidents._—In case of accidents, ten -minutes shall be allowed; but the Judges may allow more time when deemed -necessary and proper. - -RULE 35.—_Collision and Break-Down._—In case of collision and break-down, -the party causing the same, whether willfully or otherwise, may be -distanced; and if the Judges find the collision was intentional or to -aid fraud, the driver in fault shall be forthwith suspended or expelled, -and his horse shall be distanced; but, if necessary to defeat fraud, the -Judges may direct the offending horse to start again. - -No horse but the offending one shall be distanced in such a heat, except -for foul driving. - -The Judges in a concluding heat, finding that a collision involved a -fraudulent object, may declare that heat void. [See also Rule 48.] - -RULE 36.—_Placing Horses._—A horse must win a majority of the heats which -are required by the conditions of the race to be entitled to the purse or -stake; but if a horse shall have distanced all competitors in one heat, -the race will then be concluded, and such horse shall receive the entire -purse and stakes contended for. - -When more than one horse remains in the race entitled to be placed at the -finish of the last heat, the second best horse shall receive the second -premium, if there be any; and if there be any third or fourth premium, -etc., for which no horse has won and maintained a specific place, the -same shall go to the winner; _provided_, that the number of premiums -awarded shall not exceed the number of horses which started in the race. - -The foregoing provisions shall always apply, in such cases, unless -otherwise stated in the published conditions of the race. - -In deciding the rank of horses other than the winner, as to second, -third, and fourth places, etc., to be assigned among such as remain -in the race entitled to be placed at the conclusion of the last heat -thereof, the several positions which have been assigned to each horse -so contending shall be considered as to every heat in the race—that is, -horses having won two heats, better than those winning one; a horse that -has won a heat, better than a horse only making a dead heat; a horse -winning one or two heats and making a dead heat, better than one winning -an equal number of heats but not making a dead heat; a horse winning a -heat or making a dead heat and not distanced in the race, better than a -horse that has not won a heat or made a dead heat; a horse that has been -placed “second” twice, better than a horse that has been placed “second” -only once, etc. - -When two or more horses shall be equal in the race at the commencement of -a final heat thereof, they shall rank as to each other as they are placed -in the decision of such final heat. - -In case these provisions shall not give a specific decision as to second -and third money, etc., the Judges of the race are to make the awards -according to their best judgment, but in conformity with the principles -of this rule. - -RULE 37.—_Distances._—In races of mile heats, 80 yards shall be a -distance. In races of two-mile heats, 150 yards shall be a distance. In -races of three-mile heats, 220 yards shall be a distance. In races of -mile heats, best three in five, 100 yards shall be a distance. But if -any association or proprietor shall choose, they can provide, in heats -of not over one mile, wherein eight or more horses contend, to increase -the distance one-half, in which case such change shall be stated in the -published conditions of the race before entry. - -All horses whose heads have not reached the distance-stand as soon as the -leading horse arrives at the winning-post shall be declared distanced, -except in cases otherwise provided for, or the punishment of the leading -horse by setting him back for running, when it shall be left to the -discretion of the Judges. - -A distanced horse is out of the race, and if in any heat one horse shall -distance all competitors the race will then be completed, and the winner -shall be entitled to the entire purse and stakes contended for, unless -otherwise stipulated in the published conditions of the race. - -RULE 38.—_Rank Between Distanced Horses._—Horses distanced in the -first heat of a race shall be equal, but horses that are distanced in -any subsequent heat shall rank as to each other in the order of the -positions to which they were entitled at the start of the heat in which -they were distanced. - -RULE 39.—_Time and its Record._—In every public race the time of each -heat shall be accurately taken and placed in the record, and upon the -decision of each heat the time thereof shall be publicly announced by the -Judges, except as provided in these rules concerning those heats which -are “not awarded to either of the leading horses.” - -It shall be the duty of the Judges of the race to take the time as -aforesaid, or to appoint some suitable person or persons to assist -them in that respect, and no _unofficial_ timing shall be announced or -admitted to the record. [See also Rule 40.] - -RULE 40.—_Two Leading Horses to be Separately Timed._—The two leading -horses shall be separately timed, and if the heat is awarded to either, -his time only shall be announced and be a record. - -In case of a dead heat, the time shall constitute a record for the horses -making the dead heat; and if for any other cause the heat is not awarded -to either of the leading horses, it shall be awarded to the next best -horse, and no time shall be given out by the Judges or recorded against -either horse; and the Judges may waive the application of the rule in -regard to distance in that heat, except for foul riding or driving. - -RULE 41.—_Suppression of Time._—In any public race, if there shall be -any intentional suppression or misrepresentation in either the record or -the announcement of the time of any heat in the race, procured through -any connivance, or collusive arrangement, or understanding between the -proprietor or Judges or Timers and the owner of the winning horse or his -driver or other authorized agent, it shall be deemed fraudulent. And -any horse winning a heat or making a dead heat wherein there was such a -fraudulent suppression of time, together with the parties implicated in -the fraud, shall by operation of the rules be thenceforth expelled. - -RULE 42.—_A Public Race._—Any contest for purse, premium, stake, or -wager, on any course, and in the presence of a Judge or Judges, shall -constitute a public race. - -RULE 43.—_When Time Becomes a Bar._—Time made at fairs and on any track, -whether short or not, shall constitute a bar, the same as if made over a -track that was full measurement. - -RULE 44.—_When Time shall not be a Bar._—Time made under the saddle, as -well as time made when two or more horses are harnessed together, shall -constitute a record for races of the same character, but shall not be a -bar for races of a different character. - -RULE 45.—_Complaints by Riders or Drivers._—All complaints by riders or -drivers, of any foul riding or driving, or other misconduct, must be made -at the termination of the heat, and before the rider or driver dismounts -or leaves his vehicle. - -RULE 46.—_Decorum._—If any owner, trainer, rider, driver, or attendant -of a horse, or any other person, use improper language to the officers -of the course or the Judges in a race, or be guilty of any improper -conduct, the person or persons so offending shall be punished by a fine -not exceeding $100, or by suspension or expulsion. [See also Rule 48.] - -RULE 47.—_Loud Shouting._—Any rider or driver guilty of loud shouting, or -making other improper noise, or of making improper use of the whip during -the pendency of a heat, shall be punished by a fine not to exceed $25, or -by suspension during the meeting. [See also Rule 48.] - -RULE 48.—_Fouls._—If any act or thing shall be done by any owner, rider, -driver, or their horse or horses, during any race or in connection -therewith, which these rules define or warrant the Judges in deciding to -be fraudulent or foul, and if no special provision is made in these rules -to meet the case, the Judges shall have power to punish the offender by -fine not to exceed $100, or by suspension or expulsion. And in any case -of foul riding or driving they shall distance the offending horse, unless -they believe such a decision will favor a fraud. - -The term “foul” shall be construed to apply to riding or driving contrary -to rule, to any act of a fraudulent nature, and to any unprincipled -conduct such as tends to debase the character of the trotting turf in the -estimation of the public. [See also Rules 28, 29, 35, 46 and 47.] - -RULE 49.—_Fines._—All persons who shall have been fined under these -rules, unless they pay the fines imposed in full on the day of -assessment, shall be suspended until they are so paid or deposited with -the Treasurer of the National Association. - -All fines which shall be paid to the association or proprietor on whose -grounds they were imposed, shall by them be reported and paid to the -Treasurer of said National Association. - -RULE 50.—_No Compromise of Penalties._—In no case shall there be any -compromise in the manner of punishment prescribed in the rules, but the -same shall be strictly enforced. - -RULE 51.—_Suspensions and Expulsions._—Whenever the penalty of suspension -is prescribed in these rules, if applied to a horse, it shall be -construed to mean a disqualification during the time of suspension -to enter or compete in any race to be performed on the course of the -association or proprietor; and if applied to a person, it shall be -construed to mean a conditional withholding of all right or privilege -to make an entry, or to ride, drive, train, or assist on the course and -grounds of the association or proprietor. - -If no limit is fixed in an order of suspension and none is defined in -the rule applicable to the case, the punishment shall be considered as -limited to the season in which the order was issued. - -Whenever the penalty of expulsion is prescribed in these rules, it shall -be construed to mean unconditional exclusion and disqualification from -any participation in the privileges and uses of the course and grounds of -the association or proprietor. - -No penalty of expulsion shall be removed or modified, except by the order -or upon the approval of the Board of Appeals. - -Whenever either of these penalties has been imposed on any horse -or person, on the grounds of any association or proprietor holding -membership in said National Association, written or printed notice -thereof shall immediately be forwarded to the Secretary of said National -Association, stating the offense and the character of punishment, who -shall at once transmit the information to each associated course or -member; and thereupon the offender thus punished shall suffer the -same penalty and disqualification with each and every association and -proprietor holding membership in said National Association. - -RULE 52.—_Right of Appeal._—Any person who has been subjected to the -penalty of suspension, or a fine, by the decision of the Judges of a -race, can appeal from such decision to the association or proprietor upon -whose grounds the penalty was imposed, and from their decision can appeal -to the Board of Appeals; _provided_, that where the penalty was a fine, -it shall have been previously paid. - -All decisions and rulings of the Judges of any race, and of the several -associations and proprietors belonging to said National Association, may -be appealed to the Board of Appeals, and shall be subject to review by -said Board, upon facts and questions involving the proper interpretation -and application of these rules, and their decisions shall be final; -_provided_, that parties to be affected thereby, shall be notified as the -Board shall direct, of a time and place when such appeal will be acted on -by the Board. - -_Provided further_, if the appeal relate to the decision of a race, -immediate notice shall have been given to the Judges of the race, of the -intention so to appeal. Notices of all other appeals must be given within -one week from the announcement of the decisions appealed. - -Any person who shall appeal from any order suspending him or his horse -for non-payment of entrance money or a fine, may deposit the amount -claimed with the Treasurer of said National Association, who may -thereupon issue a certificate or notice temporarily reinstating or -relieving the party and his horse from such penalty, subject to the final -action of the Board of Appeals. - -RULE 53.—_Age of a Horse—How Reckoned._—The age of a horse shall be -reckoned from the first day of January of the year of foaling. - -RULE 54.—_Colts and Fillies Equally Eligible to Enter._—All colts and -fillies shall be eligible alike to all premiums and stakes for animals of -their age, unless specially excluded by the conditions imposed. - -RULE 55.—_A Green Horse._—A green horse is one that has never trotted or -paced for premiums or money either double or single. - -RULE 56.—_Races made and “No Hour Named.”_—All races shall be started at -3 o’clock P. M., from the 1st day of April to the 15th day of September, -and after that date at 2 o’clock P. M., until the season closes, unless -otherwise provided. - -RULE 57.—_Race made and no Distance Specified._—When a race is made and -no distance specified, it shall be restricted to the following distances, -viz.: One mile and repeat; mile heats, best 3 in 5; two miles and repeat, -or three miles and repeat, and may be performed in harness to wagon, or -under the saddle. - -RULE 58.—_Race made to “Go as they Please.”_—When a race is made to go -as they please, it shall be construed that the performance shall be in -harness, to wagon, or under the saddle; but after the race is commenced -no change shall be made in the mode of going, and the race shall be -deemed to have commenced when the horses appear on the track. - -RULE 59.—_Race made to go “in Harness.”_—When a race is made to go in -harness, it shall be construed to mean that the performance shall be to a -sulky. - -RULE 60.—_Matches made against Time._—When a horse is matched against -time, it shall be proper to allow any other horse to accompany him in the -performance, but not to be harnessed with or in any way attached to him. - -In matches made against time, the parties making the match shall be -entitled to three trials, unless expressly stipulated to the contrary, -which trials shall be had on the same day—the time between trials to be -the same as the time between heats in similar distances. - -RULE 61.—_Horses sold with Engagements._—The seller of a horse sold with -his engagements has not the power of striking him out. - -In case of private sale, the written acknowledgment of the parties that -the horse was sold with engagements, is necessary to entitle the buyer to -the benefit of this rule. - -A true copy from the record. - - D. F. LONGSTREET. Secretary. - - - - -GENERAL INDEX. - - - PAGE. - - AUTOBIOGRAPHY, 11 - - BITS USED IN EDUCATING HORSES ADDICTED TO BAD HABITS: - To prevent a horse getting his tongue over the bit, 251 - Lolling the tongue, 251 - Cure a horse sucking wind, 252 - Dead mouth, 253 - Cure a side-reiner, 253 - - CATTLE, EDUCATION OF: - To educate a cow not to kick while being milked, 327 - To educate a cow to give down her milk, 331 - Practical result of educating cows to give down milk, 335 - To educate cattle to lead behind a wagon, 339 - System of educating steers, 428 - - DIRECTIONS FOR FEEDING AND FITTING THE HORSE, 451 - - DOGS, EDUCATION OF: - To roll a barrel, 411 - To fire a gun, 411 - To pass between your legs, 415 - To jump through hoops, 415 - To stand on chairs, 416 - - DUNBAR SYSTEM OF HORSESHOEING, ETC., 445 - - EDUCATING THE HORSE, SYSTEM OF: - New method of haltering a vicious or wild colt, 161 - Teaching the words “Come here”, 165 - How to lay a horse down, 169 - How to get a horse up that throws himself, 173 - To educate a colt not to be afraid of his heels, 177 - To educate a colt to drive before being harnessed, 181 - How to educate a colt to move his body when he moves his head, 185 - Improved method of bitting colts, 189 - Educating a horse to ride, 193 - Instructions to ride the colt, 197 - To halter-break and hitch a colt in the stall, 201 - To educate the horse not to kick at you when entering the stall, 205 - To educate the horse that kicks or paws in the stable, 209 - To prevent a horse from getting cast in the stall, 213 - To educate a colt to lead behind a wagon, 217 - To educate a horse that is bad to catch, 221 - To educate a horse not to rear, 225 - To educate and prevent a horse from cribbing, 229 - To educate and break a halter-puller, 233 - To educate a horse not to kick when the rein gets under his - tail, 237 - Another method of educating a kicking horse, 241 - To harden a tender-mouthed horse, 244 - To educate the horse bad to groom, 247 - Hugging the pole, 248 - Luggers on the bit, 248 - To educate horses not to fear objects while driving, 257 - First lesson in educating horses not to fear an umbrella, 261 - Second lesson in educating horses not to fear an umbrella, 265 - Horse bad to bridle, 262 - To educate a single-footed horse to trot square, 269 - To educate a pacing horse to trot, 273 - To educate a horse to trot fast, 277 - To educate a horse not to kick while in shafts, 281 - To educate and infuse life into a lazy horse, 287 - To educate a balky horse to draw in double harness, 295 - An easy method of starting a balky horse, 291 - To educate a horse not to kick while being shod, 299 - To educate a horse while standing bad to shoe, 303 - Double hitch educating bridle, 307 - A boon for the blacksmith, 311 - To educate a horse not to be afraid of the cars, 315 - To educate a horse to back at the word of command, 319 - To educate horses or cattle not to jump fences, 323 - To educate a tender-mouthed horse to pull on the bit, 343 - To educate horses not to fear a buffalo robe—illustration and - instructions found between pages, 344 and 345 - To educate and make a horse bad to catch, 399 - - FAST HORSES, RECORD OF, 513 - - HISTORY OF THE HORSE, 141 - - INTELLIGENCE OF ANIMALS, 345 - - MISCELLANEOUS: - The only practical way of administering medicine to a horse, 423 - To tell a horse’s age, 425 - New method to tell the age, 426 - Sure method of producing a rapid growth in horses’ hoofs, 444 - Corns and their treatment, 459 - Ferren’s steel horseshoe, 362 - Hoof-expanding shoe for contracted feet, 362 - - RECIPES—MANY NEVER BEFORE PUBLISHED: - An excellent liniment for sprains, splints or curbs, 270 - A remedy for heaves, 324 - A sure cure for worms in horses, 336 - A cure for colic or gripes, 328 - Cure for spavin, 408 - Cure for windgalls, 408 - Cure for colic, 419 - Cure for heaves—never before published, 336 - Diuretic drops, 284 - Treatment of wounds, 266 - To prevent horses being teased by flies, 304 - An English stable liniment, 266 - Liniment for contracted hoof, 296 - For inflammation of the lungs, 324 - To cure the scratches in the shortest time ever known, 392 - To cure distemper, 404 - To cure hide-bound, 404 - To cure inflamed swellings or lame shoulders, 408 - Ring bone remedy, 270 - Remedy for botts, 266 - Another cure for spavin, 424 - A valuable liniment for sweeny, 316 - Ointment for bruises, scratches, saddle galls, etc., 296 - Nerve and bone liniment, 274 - Sure cure for poll-evil and fistula, 274 - To cure influenza, 496 - Condition powders, 498 - Glanders, 499 - Lock-jaw, 503 - To distinguish between distemper and glanders, 504 - Chronic cough, 505 - Treatment for Rheumatism, 505 - Founder remedy, 506 - Horse ointment, 506 - Magic liniment, 507 - French paste for bone spavin, 508 - How to clean and oil harness, 509 - Physic Ball, 510 - To scatter poll-evil, 511 - Healing salve for abrasion and cuts, 511 - Wash for foul ulcers, 512 - Antispasmodic tincture, 512 - - SHOEING, A TREATISE ON, 431 - To prevent horses interfering, 441 - To prevent overreaching, 443 - - TRICK HORSES: - To educate a horse to mount a pedestal, 367 - To make a horse waltz, 368 - To walk on his hind-feet, 371 - To teach to say “No”, 372 - To teach to go lame, 376 - To teach to be vicious, 379 - To teach to push a vehicle, 375 - To teach to laugh, 380 - To teach to walk on his knees, 383 - To teach to drive a boy off a pedestal, 387 - To teach to make a bow, 388 - To teach to shake hands, 388 - To teach to sit down, 391 - To teach to bore for oil, 395 - To teach to walk upright, 396 - To teach to take handkerchief from his side, 403 - To teach to kiss a boy, 407 - - RULES TROTTING COURSE, REVISED, 521 - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Horse's Friend, by O. S. Pratt - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HORSE'S FRIEND *** - -***** This file should be named 63098-0.txt or 63098-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/6/3/0/9/63098/ - -Produced by Julia Miller and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive/American Libraries.) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - |